13.04.2013 Views

Technical Manual - Tunstall GmbH

Technical Manual - Tunstall GmbH

Technical Manual - Tunstall GmbH

SHOW MORE
SHOW LESS

You also want an ePaper? Increase the reach of your titles

YUMPU automatically turns print PDFs into web optimized ePapers that Google loves.

CONCENTO PLUS<br />

<strong>Technical</strong> <strong>Manual</strong><br />

COMMUNICATION IN PERFECTION<br />

For nursing homes and assisted living –<br />

Safety in accordance with DIN VDE 0834 Part 1 and 2


This manual was compiled with great care and all the information it contains has been checked for correctness.<br />

However, no liability can be accepted for incorrect or incomplete information.<br />

All rights reserved, particularly those relating to copying and dissemination. No part of the documentation may be re‐<br />

produced or electronically processed, copied or disseminated without the prior written permission of <strong>Tunstall</strong> <strong>GmbH</strong>.<br />

We reserve the right to make technical changes. We reserve the right to make content changes.<br />

© <strong>Tunstall</strong> <strong>GmbH</strong>


CONCENTO PLUS - <strong>Technical</strong> <strong>Manual</strong>, 11/12 (Rev. 3.0), 00 8814 14<br />

Contents<br />

1. Safety ................................... 3<br />

1.1 About this chapter ................................ 3<br />

1.2 Organisational measures .......................... 3<br />

1.3 Symbols in the manual ............................ 4<br />

1.4 Intended use .................................... 4<br />

1.5 General safety regulations ......................... 5<br />

1.6 Standards ....................................... 6<br />

2. Prior knowledge required ................. 7<br />

2.1 System overview ................................. 7<br />

2.2 System structure ................................. 8<br />

2.3 Physical and logical groups ........................ 10<br />

2.4 ConLogPLUS Management Software ................. 11<br />

2.5 Telephone connection ............................ 12<br />

3. Room types ............................. 15<br />

3.1 Cables legend ................................... 15<br />

3.2 Patient / resident room ............................ 16<br />

3.3 Staff room ...................................... 21<br />

3.4 Function room ................................... 22<br />

3.5 Ward bathroom .................................. 24<br />

3.6 WC with multiple cubicles ......................... 26<br />

3.7 Lounge / dining room ............................. 28<br />

3.8 Apartment in assisted living ........................ 32<br />

4. Accessories required ..................... 35<br />

5. Installation examples ..................... 37<br />

5.1 Nurse call system with speech: High volume of calls .. 38<br />

5.2 Nurse call system with speech: Low call volume ..... 39<br />

5.3 Nurse call system without speech .................. 40<br />

5.4 Assisted living ................................... 41<br />

5.5 Connection diagrams ............................. 42<br />

5.6 Extension of the interface between the Management<br />

Interface and radio paging system .................. 46<br />

6. Installation sequence ..................... 47<br />

7. Defining mounting positions .............. 49<br />

7.1 General requirements ............................. 49<br />

7.2 Mounting heights ................................. 50<br />

7.3 Recommendations for CONCENTOPLUS ............. 51<br />

8. Laying cables ............................ 55<br />

8.1 Cables legend ................................... 55<br />

8.2 Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC) ................<br />

56<br />

1


2<br />

8.3 Power supply cable (code: k) ...................... 57<br />

8.4 Current requirement .............................. 60<br />

8.5 Group bus and ward bus (code: c) .................. 61<br />

8.6 Secondary lines (code: a) ......................... 66<br />

9. Switching on the power supply ............ 67<br />

9.1 Checking the cable network ....................... 67<br />

9.2 Installing the power supply unit ..................... 67<br />

9.3 Checking the power supply ........................ 67<br />

10. Configuring the nurse call system ......... 69<br />

10.1 Installing PC with ConLogPLUS ..................... 69<br />

10.2 Configuration to be done with ConLogPLUS ........... 71<br />

10.3 Remote maintenance ............................. 72<br />

11. Function check .......................... 73<br />

11.1 Checking that the nurse call system is free of faults ... 74<br />

11.2 Checking the light call function of each room ......... 76<br />

12. Product leaflets .......................... 79<br />

13. Programming tables, checklist ............<br />

89<br />

CONCENTO PLUS - <strong>Technical</strong> <strong>Manual</strong>, 11/12 (Rev. 3.0), 00 8814 14


CONCENTO PLUS - <strong>Technical</strong> <strong>Manual</strong>, 11/12 (Rev. 3.0), 00 8814 14<br />

1. Safety<br />

It is essential that you read this chapter carefully before you start working with<br />

the nurse call system.<br />

1.1 About this chapter<br />

CONCENTO PLUS products have been manufactured in accordance with the<br />

state of the art. Nevertheless, hazards can arise when they are being installed,<br />

modified or uninstalled if the technicians carrying out the work are not suffi‐<br />

ciently skilled or if they do not follow the safety instructions. Danger to the life<br />

and safety of the fitters or third parties and damage to the products and other<br />

property can arise.<br />

The information in this chapter is of a general nature. Special warning notices<br />

can be found in the text in places where the potentially hazardous action is de‐<br />

scribed.<br />

1.2 Organisational measures<br />

Electrical systems may only be set up, extended, modified and serviced by au‐<br />

thorised persons. In addition to the electricity supply companies, these are the<br />

electricians registered with these companies. The electrician must register all<br />

commissioning of electrical systems with the electricity supply company: This<br />

means that the electrician is also responsible for the system's safety and func‐<br />

tional capability.<br />

Commercial operators (connectees) of electrical systems and equipment must<br />

arrange for regular servicing and maintenance. They are also responsible for<br />

this in the legal sense. This necessary work and checks must be done by skilled<br />

electricians.<br />

Among other things, the German standard DIN VDE 0834/2000-4 stipulates<br />

that all electrical work on nurse call systems in hospitals, retirement homes and<br />

similar facilities may only be done by a suitably trained expert. As defined by<br />

this standard, experts are trained persons who possess the specialist know‐<br />

ledge to assemble and check a nurse call system in accordance with the valid<br />

standards, and to certify its functional capability. Note: <strong>Tunstall</strong> <strong>GmbH</strong> runs<br />

one-day training courses for the purpose of qualifying as an expert for nurse<br />

call systems.<br />

This manual is intended for skilled electricians holding the qualification ”nurse<br />

call systems expert”.<br />

Read this manual (and particularly the ”Safety” chapter) before commencing<br />

with the installation. It is too late once you are working!<br />

Keep this manual and all other necessary documents to hand while working.<br />

3


1. Safety<br />

4<br />

In addition to the manual, also follow all generally applicable legal and other<br />

binding regulations that cover accident prevention and environmental protec‐<br />

tion.<br />

All parts installed must conform to the technical requirements specified by<br />

<strong>Tunstall</strong> <strong>GmbH</strong>. This is always guaranteed with original parts.<br />

1.3 Symbols in the manual<br />

This manual contains the following symbols for particularly important informa‐<br />

tion:<br />

Warning! This symbol indicates an action that can result in a danger to persons<br />

(risk of death and injury).<br />

Warning! This symbol indicates an action that can result in a danger to persons<br />

from electrical voltage or electrical current. .<br />

Components at risk from electrostatic charges! This symbol indicates com‐<br />

ponents at risk from electrostatic charges. Avoid touching these parts so as not<br />

to destroy them.<br />

Caution! This symbol indicates an action that can result in material damage to<br />

a unit from electrical voltage or electrical current.<br />

Note! Here you will find additional information and tips.<br />

The text contains a few symbols that always indicate the same thing:<br />

A square in front of the text means:<br />

„This is part of a list.“<br />

A solid circle in front of the text means:<br />

„You must do this.“<br />

An open circle in front of the text means:<br />

„This is the result of an action.“<br />

1.4 Intended use<br />

All CONCENTO PLUS products are only intended for installation in the nurse call<br />

system and also only in the manner described in this manual. Any different or<br />

additional use is deemed incorrect. <strong>Tunstall</strong> <strong>GmbH</strong> shall not be liable for any<br />

damage resulting from such incorrect use.<br />

CONCENTO PLUS - <strong>Technical</strong> <strong>Manual</strong>, 11/12 (Rev. 3.0), 00 8814 14


1.5 General safety regulations<br />

CONCENTO PLUS - <strong>Technical</strong> <strong>Manual</strong>, 11/12 (Rev. 3.0), 00 8814 14<br />

1. Safety<br />

The safety and warning notices contained in this manual, the national acci‐<br />

dent prevention regulations and any internal work, operational and safety<br />

regulations of the operator must be obeyed.<br />

Forbid all ways of working that could jeopardise safety.<br />

Familiarise yourself with the working environment before starting work. The<br />

working environment includes, for example, obstacles in the working and<br />

traffic area.<br />

Use only original fuses with the specified current rating.<br />

Work only when the system is de-energised.<br />

Installed system components on which work is being carried out must be<br />

de-energised. Check the de-energised parts first to ensure that no voltage<br />

is present.<br />

If it is necessary to work on conductive parts, have a second person present<br />

who can switch the main switch in an emergency.<br />

Switch off the power immediately if there is a fault. Do not continue working<br />

until the fault has been remedied.<br />

Protect all devices against direct moisture.<br />

There are CONCENTOPLUS products that are fitted with components at risk<br />

from electrostatic charges. These components can be destroyed by an<br />

electrostatic charge. Therefore, avoid any contact with these components.<br />

For further information about setting up and the functional check, refer to<br />

the German standard DIN VDE 0834, Parts 1 and 2.<br />

5


1. Safety<br />

1.6 Standards<br />

6<br />

t is essential to attend to the following standards that are relevant to nurse call<br />

systems:<br />

DIN VDE 0834-1 0834-1:2000-04: Call systems in hospitals, nursing homes<br />

and similar institutions - Part 1: Requirements for equipment, erection and<br />

operation<br />

DIN VDE 0834-2; VDE 0834-2:2000-04: Call systems in hospitals, nursing<br />

homes and similar institutions - Part 2: - Environmental conditions and elec‐<br />

tromagnetic compatibility<br />

ISO 11197: Medical supply units<br />

EN 60601-1: Medical electrical equipment - Part 1: General requirements<br />

for basic safety and essential performance<br />

EN 60601-1-1: Medical electrical equipment - Part 1: General safety re‐<br />

quirements for medical electrical systems<br />

EN 50081-1: Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC), basic specification for<br />

emitted interference<br />

EN 50082-1: Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC), basic specification for<br />

immunity to interference<br />

DIN VDE 0100: Rules for the installation of high-voltage systems with nom‐<br />

inal voltage up to 1000 V<br />

DIN VDE 0100-710: Erection of low-voltage installations - Requirements for<br />

special installations or locations Part 710: Medical locations<br />

EN 60950-1: Information technology equipment “Safety“ Part 1: General re‐<br />

quirements<br />

All other national installation guidelines must also be followed. Any state or re‐<br />

gional regulations must also be adhered to, e.g. Hospital Construction Ordi‐<br />

nance.<br />

CONCENTO PLUS - <strong>Technical</strong> <strong>Manual</strong>, 11/12 (Rev. 3.0), 00 8814 14


2. Prior knowledge required<br />

2.1 System overview<br />

<strong>Technical</strong> room<br />

Ward 2<br />

ESPA 4.4.4<br />

Paging sys‐<br />

tem/DECT<br />

analog a/b<br />

<strong>Technical</strong> room<br />

Ward 1<br />

analog a/b<br />

Central technical room<br />

LAN LAN for<br />

remote maintenance<br />

Fig. 1: System overview<br />

CONCENTO PLUS - <strong>Technical</strong> <strong>Manual</strong>, 11/12 (Rev. 3.0), 00 8814 14<br />

7


2. Prior knowledge required<br />

2.2 System structure<br />

8<br />

Group bus<br />

Group<br />

electronic<br />

Group<br />

electronic<br />

LAN<br />

LAN for<br />

ESPA 4.4.4<br />

remote maintenance Paging/DECT<br />

Fig. 2: System structure<br />

Ward bus<br />

Secondary lines Secondary lines<br />

Room 1 Room 2<br />

Ward bus<br />

Secondary lines Secondary lines<br />

Room 1 Room 2<br />

Physical group 2<br />

Physical group 1<br />

The CONCENTO PLUS nurse call system is controlled decentrally via Group<br />

Electronics. Each Group Electronic controls a ward bus, i.e. a physical group.<br />

The nurse call system is based on a bus system that is comprised of a group<br />

bus and ward buses. The group bus interconnects all Group Electronics, the<br />

Management Interface and the fire alarm interface of the nurse call system. The<br />

ward bus is connected to a Group Electronic and connects all room terminals<br />

of a physical group to each other: Terminal SD6 P, Terminal S4 P, Terminal S4<br />

B, display modules, call/presence combination bus (RAB) and Management In‐<br />

terface.<br />

The room terminals control the devices inside a room. The devices are connec‐<br />

ted to the room terminal in a star or line configuration as ”secondary lines”.<br />

The Management Interface provides interfaces to external systems. It is con‐<br />

nected to the group bus or the ward bus, depending on the application. The Ma‐<br />

nagement Interface provides interfaces to the following systems: a/b interface<br />

to telephone systems, ESPA 4.4.4 interface to DECT or pager systems and a<br />

network access for service access via FTP.<br />

CONCENTO PLUS - <strong>Technical</strong> <strong>Manual</strong>, 11/12 (Rev. 3.0), 00 8814 14


CONCENTO PLUS - <strong>Technical</strong> <strong>Manual</strong>, 11/12 (Rev. 3.0), 00 8814 14<br />

2. Prior knowledge required<br />

CONCENTO PLUS ' own ConLog PLUS management software is also connected<br />

to the Management Interface via an RS232 interface. The entire nurse call sys‐<br />

tem is configured via the ConLog PLUS management software.<br />

The system's power supply is provided via decentrally installed power supply<br />

units. The number and installation location of the power supply units depend<br />

on the respective power requirement.<br />

2.2.1 Speech communication<br />

Speech communication and data transfer are separate from each other. This<br />

means that nurse call systems are possible with or without speech communica‐<br />

tion. Mixed operation is possible with no problem.<br />

The speech line connects the system's own speech devices:<br />

Terminal SD6 P<br />

Terminal S4 P<br />

Terminal S4 B<br />

One speech channel is available for each physical group.<br />

Besides speech communication within the nurse call system, speech commu‐<br />

nication via telephone devices connected to the CONCENTO PLUS nurse call<br />

system via the analog a/b interface of the Management Interface is also pos‐<br />

sible, see from Page 12.<br />

9


2. Prior knowledge required<br />

2.3 Physical and logical groups<br />

10<br />

Logical group 5<br />

e.g. Ward 5<br />

Logical group 3<br />

e.g. Ward 3<br />

Logical group 1<br />

e.g. Ward 1<br />

Logical group 6<br />

e.g. Ward 6<br />

Logical group 4<br />

e.g. Ward 4<br />

Logical group 2<br />

e.g. Ward 2<br />

Organisation of<br />

the nursing home<br />

Physical group 3<br />

Physical group 2<br />

Physical group 1<br />

CONCENTO PLUS technology<br />

When CONCENTO PLUS was developed, the organisational structure of the in‐<br />

stitution was completely separated from the technical structure.<br />

An organisational unit refers to a number of rooms for which the same staff are<br />

responsible. In most cases this is a ward. The organisational unit is referred to<br />

as a ”logical group”. Most logical groups are wards.<br />

A physical unit refers to a number of rooms that are connected to a ward bus<br />

and that are controlled by a Group Electronic. The physical unit is referred to<br />

as a ”physical group”.<br />

A physical group can consist of several logical groups. A logical group can even<br />

be divided between several physical groups.<br />

This separation between the organisational and physical structures means that<br />

the number of Group Electronics required can be significantly reduced: The<br />

number of Group Electronics and physical groups required is not defined by the<br />

number of logical groups (e.g. wards), but instead depends on the building<br />

structure and the desired reliability.<br />

The independence of the physical structure from the organisation also has the<br />

advantage that when the cables and equipment are being planned, there is ini‐<br />

tially no need to take account of the organisation form that will be required later.<br />

The organisation of the system can be changed at any time, irrespective of the<br />

physical structure.<br />

Logical group = organisational unit = in most cases: Ward<br />

Physical group = physical unit<br />

CONCENTO PLUS - <strong>Technical</strong> <strong>Manual</strong>, 11/12 (Rev. 3.0), 00 8814 14


2.4 ConLog PLUS Management Software<br />

19 8000 10<br />

Remote maintenance<br />

Telephone<br />

network<br />

ISDN<br />

CONCENTO PLUS - <strong>Technical</strong> <strong>Manual</strong>, 11/12 (Rev. 3.0), 00 8814 14<br />

2. Prior knowledge required<br />

The purpose of the ConLog PLUS management software is the central configura‐<br />

tion and programming of CONCENTO PLUS nurse call systems, and the logging<br />

and evaluation of all system events of these nurse call systems.<br />

The PC with ConLog PLUS is connected to the nurse call system via the Manage‐<br />

ment Interface on the group bus.<br />

ConLog PLUS can be operated as a stand-alone solution or in the network (client/<br />

server structure). One server license (19 0803 00) is required for each nurse<br />

call system. The client license (19 0803 05) is required at each additional work‐<br />

station.<br />

Server<br />

19 0803 00<br />

Management<br />

Interface<br />

19 0800 15<br />

Length: 3 m<br />

Client 1<br />

19 0803 05<br />

Group bus of the<br />

nurse call system<br />

LAN / Ethernet<br />

Client 2<br />

19 0803 05<br />

Client 10<br />

19 0803 05<br />

11


2. Prior knowledge required<br />

2.5 Telephone connection<br />

12<br />

The interface between the CONCENTO PLUS nurse call system and the tele‐<br />

phone equipment is formed by the Management Interface. A telephone system<br />

or the public telephone network (analog) directly can be connected to the<br />

analog a/b interface of the Management Interface. The text messages are sent<br />

via the ESPA 4.4.4 protocol (ESPA 4.4.4 interface on the Management In‐<br />

terface). Communication with the Telecare Control Centres PNC or WILMA is<br />

established via the CPC protocol.<br />

Each Management Interface provides a speech channel for telephoning. When<br />

planning the telephone connection, consideration must therefore be given as<br />

to how many speech channels are required.<br />

2.5.1 Ward speech<br />

Group bus<br />

When a high number of calls is expected, i.e. when frequent phone calls must<br />

be made, a Management Interface is installed for each ward bus for the purpose<br />

of connection to the telephone network or telephone system.<br />

LAN<br />

LAN for<br />

remote<br />

maintenance<br />

Group<br />

electronic<br />

Group<br />

electronic<br />

Management<br />

Interface<br />

Management<br />

Interface<br />

Management<br />

Interface<br />

analog a/b<br />

analog a/b<br />

Fig. 3: Ward speech example<br />

Ward bus<br />

Ward bus<br />

CONCENTO PLUS - <strong>Technical</strong> <strong>Manual</strong>, 11/12 (Rev. 3.0), 00 8814 14


2.5.2 Group speech<br />

Group bus<br />

CONCENTO PLUS - <strong>Technical</strong> <strong>Manual</strong>, 11/12 (Rev. 3.0), 00 8814 14<br />

2. Prior knowledge required<br />

When a smaller number of calls is expected, i.e. when phone calls must be<br />

made less frequently, the Management Interface on the group bus takes over<br />

connection to the telephone network or telephone system centrally.<br />

LAN<br />

LAN for<br />

remote<br />

maintenance<br />

Group<br />

electronic<br />

Group<br />

electronic<br />

Management<br />

Interface<br />

analog a/b<br />

Telephone<br />

network<br />

Fig. 4: Group speech example<br />

Ward bus<br />

Ward bus<br />

Telecare Control Centre<br />

13


2. Prior knowledge required<br />

14<br />

CONCENTO PLUS - <strong>Technical</strong> <strong>Manual</strong>, 11/12 (Rev. 3.0), 00 8814 14


CONCENTO PLUS - <strong>Technical</strong> <strong>Manual</strong>, 11/12 (Rev. 3.0), 00 8814 14<br />

3. Room types<br />

Frequently used room types are explained in the following pages on the basis<br />

of equipment examples.<br />

3.1 Cables legend<br />

The following letters are used for cables in the room type plans:<br />

Code Cable type Area of use<br />

a IY(ST)Y 2x2x0,8 - Secondary lines (except switches with 2 buttons,<br />

e.g. Call & cancel switch/WC)<br />

- Ward bus without speech (minimum requirement)<br />

- Group bus without speech (minimum requirement)<br />

c IY(ST)Y 4x2x0,8 - Ward bus with or without speech<br />

- Group bus with or without speech<br />

- Secondary lines to switches with 2 buttons, e.g.<br />

Call & cancel switch/WC<br />

k NYM 2x2,5 mm2 or<br />

NYM 2x1,5 mm2 or equivalent<br />

Power supply, equipotential bonding<br />

15


3. Room types<br />

3.2 Patient / resident room<br />

3.2.1 Patient / resident room with speech<br />

Ward bus Ward bus<br />

16<br />

c+k<br />

c+k<br />

19 0700 20<br />

a<br />

c+k<br />

a<br />

77 0180 10<br />

a<br />

19 0709 00<br />

a<br />

a<br />

19 0708 00<br />

a<br />

19 0790 02<br />

19 0790 02<br />

19 0707 20x<br />

19 0704 20<br />

19 0704 00<br />

CONCENTO PLUS - <strong>Technical</strong> <strong>Manual</strong>, 11/12 (Rev. 3.0), 00 8814 14


Per room<br />

Per bed<br />

In WC room<br />

Terminal SD6 P or<br />

Terminal S4 P<br />

Pull cord kit for terminal (optional)<br />

Room lamp universal, 3 sections or<br />

Room lamp universal, 3 sections, with doorplate or<br />

Room lamp universal, 3 sections, glass decor<br />

Call switch with 2 connection sockets or<br />

Call switch with connection socket<br />

Pear push switch with call and light switch, 3 m or<br />

Pear push switch with call switch, 3 m or<br />

Pear push switch with call and light switch, 3 m or<br />

Pear push switch with 2 call switches, 3 m<br />

Self-releasing adapter for pear push switch (optional)<br />

Extension cable for pear push switch (optional)<br />

Cancel switch/WC or<br />

Call & cancel switch/WC<br />

It must be possible to reach a call device from the<br />

wash basin, WC, shower and bath tub. Selection:<br />

Call switch<br />

Pull cord switch (x in order no. stands for frame: J = Jung AS 500, G =<br />

Gira Standard 55 matt, GG = Gira Standard 55 glossy, M = Merten<br />

M-SMART, B = Berker S.1)<br />

Pneumatic switch (x in order no. stands for frame: J = Jung AS 500, G =<br />

Gira Standard 55 matt, GG = Gira Standard 55 glossy, M = Merten<br />

M-SMART, B = Berker S.1)<br />

In the seat corner (optional)<br />

Call device, e.g. call switch or<br />

Call switch with connection socket<br />

For accessories required, see accessories table, Page 35.<br />

For cable legend, see Page 15.<br />

CONCENTO PLUS - <strong>Technical</strong> <strong>Manual</strong>, 11/12 (Rev. 3.0), 00 8814 14<br />

3. Room types<br />

19 0700 20<br />

19 0700 40<br />

19 1421 10<br />

77 0180 10<br />

77 0181 10<br />

77 0185 10<br />

19 0704 20<br />

19 0704 00<br />

19 0790 02<br />

19 0790 00<br />

19 0790 32<br />

19 0790 30<br />

19 0790 04<br />

19 0790 06<br />

19 0790 00<br />

19 0708 50<br />

19 0708 00<br />

19 0707 20x<br />

19 0707 50x<br />

19 0708 00<br />

19 0704 00<br />

17


3. Room types<br />

3.2.2 Patient / resident room without speech<br />

Ward bus Ward bus<br />

18<br />

c+k<br />

c+k<br />

19 0700 80<br />

a<br />

c+k<br />

77 0180 10<br />

c<br />

a<br />

19 0708 50<br />

a<br />

a<br />

19 0707 20x<br />

Attention! A cable IY(ST)Y 4x2x0.8 is required for<br />

connecting the Call & cancel switch/WC 19 0708 50.<br />

19 0790 02<br />

19 0790 02<br />

19 0704 20<br />

19 0704 00<br />

CONCENTO PLUS - <strong>Technical</strong> <strong>Manual</strong>, 11/12 (Rev. 3.0), 00 8814 14


Per room<br />

Per bed<br />

In WC room<br />

Display module or<br />

Call/presence combination bus (RAB)<br />

Room lamp universal, 3 sections or<br />

Room lamp universal, 3 sections, with doorplate or<br />

Room lamp universal, 3 sections, glass decor<br />

Call switch with 2 connection sockets or<br />

Call switch with connection socket<br />

Pear push switch with call and light switch, 3 m or<br />

Pear push switch with call switch, 3 m or<br />

Pear push switch with call and light switch, 3 m or<br />

Pear push switch with 2 call switches, 3 m<br />

Self-releasing adapter for pear push switch (optional)<br />

Extension cable for pear push switch (optional)<br />

Cancel switch/WC or<br />

Call & cancel switch/WC<br />

It must be possible to reach a call device from the wash basin,<br />

WC, shower and bath tub. Selection:<br />

Call switch<br />

Pull cord switch (x in order no. stands for frame: J = Jung AS 500, G =<br />

Gira Standard 55 matt, GG = Gira Standard 55 glossy, M = Merten<br />

M-SMART, B = Berker S.1)<br />

Pneumatic switch (x in order no. stands for frame: J = Jung AS 500, G =<br />

Gira Standard 55 matt, GG = Gira Standard 55 glossy, M = Merten<br />

M-SMART, B = Berker S.1)<br />

In the seat corner (optional)<br />

Call device, e.g. call switch or<br />

Call switch with connection socket<br />

For accessories required, see accessories table, Page 35.<br />

For cable legend, see Page 15.<br />

CONCENTO PLUS - <strong>Technical</strong> <strong>Manual</strong>, 11/12 (Rev. 3.0), 00 8814 14<br />

3. Room types<br />

19 0700 80<br />

19 0701 00<br />

77 0180 10<br />

77 0181 10<br />

77 0185 10<br />

19 0704 20<br />

19 0704 00<br />

19 0790 02<br />

19 0790 00<br />

19 0790 32<br />

19 0790 30<br />

19 0790 04<br />

19 0790 06<br />

19 0790 00<br />

19 0708 50<br />

19 0708 00<br />

19 0707 20x<br />

19 0707 50x<br />

19 0708 00<br />

19 0704 00<br />

19


3. Room types<br />

3.2.3 Patient / resident room: Light switching<br />

c+k<br />

20<br />

Ward bus Ward bus c+k<br />

or<br />

Suitable relays<br />

19 0790 02<br />

19 0790 32<br />

Pulse relay (electronic):<br />

ELTAKO, ES60-TX60-24VDC<br />

ELTAKO, ES75-100-12..24 VDC<br />

SCHIELE entrelec TX60-24V<br />

BIAIG electronics TX60-24V<br />

19 0704 20<br />

19 0704 00<br />

Pulse relay (mechanical) *):<br />

ELTAKO, 1S9-24 VDC<br />

*) Attention! When a mechan‐<br />

ELTAKO, S91-100-24 VDC<br />

ical relay is used, it is also ne‐<br />

cessary to use an anti-surge<br />

Switching relay (mechanical) *):<br />

diode, min. 1N4007.<br />

ELTAKO, R12-100-24 VDC (for DIN rail)<br />

ELTAKO, R91-100-24 VDC (flush-mounted / surface-mounted version)<br />

FINDER, 49.61-7024.4050<br />

or<br />

The duration of the generated control signal<br />

corresponds to the time for which the light<br />

switch is pressed on the pear push switch.<br />

CONCENTO PLUS - <strong>Technical</strong> <strong>Manual</strong>, 11/12 (Rev. 3.0), 00 8814 14


3.3 Staff room<br />

c+k<br />

Per room<br />

CONCENTO PLUS - <strong>Technical</strong> <strong>Manual</strong>, 11/12 (Rev. 3.0), 00 8814 14<br />

Ward bus Ward bus c+k<br />

19 0700 20<br />

a<br />

77 0180 10<br />

3. Room types<br />

Terminal SD6 P 19 0700 20<br />

Room lamp universal, 3 sections or<br />

Room lamp universal, 3 sections, with doorplate or<br />

Room lamp universal, 3 sections, glass decor<br />

For accessories required, see accessories table, Page 35.<br />

For cable legend, see Page 15.<br />

77 0180 10<br />

77 0181 10<br />

77 0185 10<br />

21


3. Room types<br />

3.4 Function room<br />

3.4.1 Function room with speech<br />

22<br />

c+k<br />

Per room<br />

If required<br />

Ward bus Ward bus c+k<br />

19 0700 20<br />

Terminal SD6 P or<br />

Terminal S4 P<br />

Pull cord kit for terminal (optional)<br />

Room lamp universal, 3 sections or<br />

Room lamp universal, 3 sections, with doorplate or<br />

Room lamp universal, 3 sections, glass decor<br />

a<br />

77 0180 10<br />

19 0700 20<br />

19 0700 40<br />

19 1421 10<br />

77 0180 10<br />

77 0181 10<br />

77 0185 10<br />

Call switch with connection socket 19 0704 00<br />

For accessories required, see accessories table, Page 35.<br />

For cable legend, see Page 15.<br />

CONCENTO PLUS - <strong>Technical</strong> <strong>Manual</strong>, 11/12 (Rev. 3.0), 00 8814 14


3.4.2 Function room without speech<br />

c+k<br />

Per room<br />

If required<br />

CONCENTO PLUS - <strong>Technical</strong> <strong>Manual</strong>, 11/12 (Rev. 3.0), 00 8814 14<br />

Ward bus Ward bus c+k<br />

19 0700 80<br />

Display module or<br />

Call/presence combination bus (RAB)<br />

Room lamp universal, 3 sections or<br />

Room lamp universal, 3 sections, with doorplate or<br />

Room lamp universal, 3 sections, glass decor<br />

a<br />

77 0180 10<br />

3. Room types<br />

19 0700 80<br />

19 0701 00<br />

77 0180 10<br />

77 0181 10<br />

77 0185 10<br />

Call switch with connection socket 19 0704 00<br />

For accessories required, see accessories table, Page 35.<br />

For cable legend, see Page 15.<br />

23


3. Room types<br />

3.5 Ward bathroom<br />

3.5.1 Ward bathroom with speech<br />

24<br />

19 0707 20x<br />

19 0708 00<br />

a<br />

Per room<br />

c+k<br />

Ward bus Ward bus c+k<br />

a a<br />

19 0700 20<br />

Terminal SD6 P or<br />

Terminal S4 P<br />

Pull cord kit for terminal (optional)<br />

Room lamp universal, 3 sections or<br />

Room lamp universal, 3 sections, with doorplate or<br />

Room lamp universal, 3 sections, glass decor<br />

Per location bathroom/WC<br />

a<br />

77 0180 10<br />

19 0707 50x<br />

a<br />

19 0708 00<br />

Call switch, suitable for washbasins<br />

Pull cord switch, suitable for shower, WC (x in order no. stands for<br />

frame: J = Jung AS 500, G = Gira Standard 55 matt, GG = Gira Standard 55<br />

glossy, M = Merten M-SMART, B = Berker S.1)<br />

Pneumatic switch, suitable for bath tub (x in order no. stands for<br />

frame: J = Jung AS 500, G = Gira Standard 55 matt, GG = Gira Standard 55<br />

glossy, M = Merten M-SMART, B = Berker S.1)<br />

For accessories required, see accessories table, Page 35.<br />

For cable legend, see Page 15.<br />

19 0700 20<br />

19 0700 40<br />

19 1421 10<br />

77 0180 10<br />

77 0181 10<br />

77 0185 10<br />

19 0708 00<br />

19 0707 20x<br />

19 0707 50x<br />

CONCENTO PLUS - <strong>Technical</strong> <strong>Manual</strong>, 11/12 (Rev. 3.0), 00 8814 14


3.5.2 Ward bathroom without speech<br />

19 0707 20x<br />

19 0708 00<br />

Per room<br />

c+k<br />

CONCENTO PLUS - <strong>Technical</strong> <strong>Manual</strong>, 11/12 (Rev. 3.0), 00 8814 14<br />

a<br />

Ward bus Ward bus c+k<br />

a<br />

a a<br />

19 0700 80<br />

Display module or<br />

Call/presence combination bus (RAB)<br />

Room lamp universal, 3 sections or<br />

Room lamp universal, 3 sections, with doorplate or<br />

Room lamp universal, 3 sections, glass decor<br />

Per location bathroom/WC<br />

a<br />

77 0180 10<br />

19 0707 50x<br />

19 0708 00<br />

Call switch, suitable for washbasins<br />

Pull cord switch, suitable for shower, WC (x in order no. stands for<br />

frame: J = Jung AS 500, G = Gira Standard 55 matt, GG = Gira Standard 55<br />

glossy, M = Merten M-SMART, B = Berker S.1)<br />

Pneumatic switch, suitable for bath tub (x in order no. stands for<br />

frame: J = Jung AS 500, G = Gira Standard 55 matt, GG = Gira Standard 55<br />

glossy, M = Merten M-SMART, B = Berker S.1)<br />

For accessories required, see accessories table, Page 35.<br />

For cable legend, see Page 15.<br />

3. Room types<br />

19 0700 80<br />

19 0701 00<br />

77 0180 10<br />

77 0181 10<br />

77 0185 10<br />

19 0708 00<br />

19 0707 20x<br />

19 0707 50x<br />

25


3. Room types<br />

3.6 WC with multiple cubicles<br />

26<br />

19 0707 20x<br />

a<br />

c+k<br />

a<br />

Ward bus Ward bus c+k<br />

19 0700 80<br />

a<br />

a<br />

a<br />

77 0180 10<br />

19 0709 00 19 0709 00 19 0709 00<br />

19 0707 20x<br />

a<br />

a<br />

19 0707 20x<br />

CONCENTO PLUS - <strong>Technical</strong> <strong>Manual</strong>, 11/12 (Rev. 3.0), 00 8814 14<br />

a<br />

19 0708 00


Per room<br />

Display module or<br />

Call/presence combination bus (RAB) or<br />

Terminal SD6 P or<br />

Terminal S4 P<br />

Pull cord kit for terminal (optional)<br />

Room lamp universal, 3 sections or<br />

Room lamp universal, 3 sections, with doorplate or<br />

Room lamp universal, 3 sections, glass decor<br />

Per WC cubicle<br />

Cancel switch/WC or<br />

Call & cancel switch/WC<br />

t must be possible to reach a call device from the wash basin,<br />

WC, shower and bath tub. Selection:<br />

Call switch<br />

Pull cord switch (x in order no. stands for frame: J = Jung AS 500, G =<br />

Gira Standard 55 matt, GG = Gira Standard 55 glossy, M = Merten<br />

M-SMART, B = Berker S.1)<br />

Pneumatic switch (x in order no. stands for frame: J = Jung AS 500, G =<br />

Gira Standard 55 matt, GG = Gira Standard 55 glossy, M = Merten<br />

M-SMART, B = Berker S.1)<br />

For accessories required, see accessories table, Page 35.<br />

For cable legend, see Page 15.<br />

CONCENTO PLUS - <strong>Technical</strong> <strong>Manual</strong>, 11/12 (Rev. 3.0), 00 8814 14<br />

3. Room types<br />

19 0700 80<br />

19 0701 00<br />

19 0700 20<br />

19 0700 40<br />

19 1421 10<br />

77 0180 10<br />

77 0181 10<br />

77 0185 10<br />

19 0790 00<br />

19 0708 50<br />

19 0708 00<br />

19 0707 20x<br />

19 0707 50x<br />

27


3. Room types<br />

3.7 Lounge / dining room<br />

3.7.1 Lounge with speech<br />

28<br />

c+k<br />

19 0708 00<br />

Ward bus Ward bus c+k<br />

77 0180 10<br />

a a<br />

a<br />

19 0708 00<br />

a<br />

19 0700 20<br />

a<br />

19 0790 00<br />

19 0790 00<br />

19 0704 20<br />

19 0704 00<br />

CONCENTO PLUS - <strong>Technical</strong> <strong>Manual</strong>, 11/12 (Rev. 3.0), 00 8814 14


Per room<br />

Terminal SD6 P or<br />

Terminal S4 P<br />

Pull cord kit for terminal (optional)<br />

Room lamp universal, 3 sections or<br />

Room lamp universal, 3 sections, with doorplate or<br />

Room lamp universal, 3 sections, glass decor<br />

Per location, raising calls with pear push switch<br />

Call switch with 2 connection sockets or<br />

Call switch with connection socket<br />

Pear push switch with call switch, 3 m or<br />

Pear push switch with 2 call switches, 3 m<br />

Self-releasing adapter for pear push switch (optional)<br />

Extension cable for pear push switch (optional)<br />

Per location, raising calls only via call button<br />

CONCENTO PLUS - <strong>Technical</strong> <strong>Manual</strong>, 11/12 (Rev. 3.0), 00 8814 14<br />

3. Room types<br />

19 0700 20<br />

19 0700 40<br />

19 1421 10<br />

77 0180 10<br />

77 0181 10<br />

77 0185 10<br />

19 0704 20<br />

19 0704 00<br />

19 0790 00<br />

19 0790 30<br />

19 0790 04<br />

19 0790 06<br />

Call switch 19 0708 00<br />

For accessories required, see accessories table, Page 35.<br />

For cable legend, see Page 15.<br />

29


3. Room types<br />

3.7.2 Lounge without speech<br />

30<br />

19 0708 00<br />

c+k<br />

Ward bus Ward bus c+k<br />

77 0180 10<br />

19 0704 20<br />

19 0708 00<br />

a<br />

a a<br />

a<br />

19 0700 80<br />

a<br />

19 0790 00<br />

19 0790 00<br />

19 0704 00<br />

CONCENTO PLUS - <strong>Technical</strong> <strong>Manual</strong>, 11/12 (Rev. 3.0), 00 8814 14


Per room<br />

Display module or<br />

Call/presence combination bus (RAB)<br />

Room lamp universal, 3 sections or<br />

Room lamp universal, 3 sections, with doorplate or<br />

Room lamp universal, 3 sections, glass decor<br />

Per location, raising calls with pear push switch<br />

Call switch with 2 connection sockets or<br />

Call switch with connection socket<br />

Pear push switch with call switch, 3 m or<br />

Pear push switch with 2 call switches, 3 m<br />

Self-releasing adapter for pear push switch (optional)<br />

Extension cable for pear push switch (optional)<br />

Per location, raising calls only via call button<br />

CONCENTO PLUS - <strong>Technical</strong> <strong>Manual</strong>, 11/12 (Rev. 3.0), 00 8814 14<br />

3. Room types<br />

19 0700 80<br />

19 0701 00<br />

77 0180 10<br />

77 0181 10<br />

77 0185 10<br />

19 0704 20<br />

19 0704 00<br />

19 0790 00<br />

19 0790 30<br />

19 0790 04<br />

19 0790 06<br />

Call switch 19 0708 00<br />

For accessories required, see accessories table, Page 35.<br />

For cable legend, see Page 15.<br />

31


3. Room types<br />

3.8 Apartment in assisted living<br />

c+k<br />

32<br />

Ward bus Ward bus c+k<br />

19 0700 70<br />

+<br />

19 1421 00<br />

a<br />

a<br />

a<br />

19 0707 20x<br />

Z 00 8202 40<br />

19 0790 00<br />

19 0708 00<br />

Z 00 8202 00<br />

19 0704 20<br />

CONCENTO PLUS - <strong>Technical</strong> <strong>Manual</strong>, 11/12 (Rev. 3.0), 00 8814 14


Per apartment<br />

Per bed<br />

Terminal S4 B<br />

Pull cord kit for terminal (optional)<br />

Call switch with 2 connection sockets or<br />

Call switch with connection socket<br />

Pear push switch with call switch, 3 m or<br />

Pear push switch with 2 call switches, 3 m<br />

Self-releasing adapter for pear push switch (optional)<br />

Extension cable for pear push switch (optional)<br />

In bathroom / WC<br />

If required<br />

Pull cord switch (x in order no. stands for frame: J = Jung AS 500, G =<br />

Gira Standard 55 matt, GG = Gira Standard 55 glossy, M = Merten<br />

M-SMART, B = Berker S.1)<br />

CONCENTO PLUS - <strong>Technical</strong> <strong>Manual</strong>, 11/12 (Rev. 3.0), 00 8814 14<br />

3. Room types<br />

19 0700 70<br />

19 1421 10<br />

19 0704 20<br />

19 0704 00<br />

19 0790 00<br />

19 0790 30<br />

19 0790 04<br />

19 0790 06<br />

19 0707 20x<br />

Call switch, e.g. in the kitchen 19 0708 00<br />

For raising calls in the entire living environment:<br />

Radio receiver 869.2125 MHz<br />

(for connecting to call switch with connection socket or<br />

call switch with 2 connection sockets) with<br />

handheld transmitter (per resident)<br />

For accessories required, see accessories table, Page 35.<br />

For cable legend, see Page 15.<br />

Z 00 8202 00<br />

Z 00 8202 40<br />

33


3. Room types<br />

34<br />

CONCENTO PLUS - <strong>Technical</strong> <strong>Manual</strong>, 11/12 (Rev. 3.0), 00 8814 14


4. Accessories required<br />

Accessories must be ordered for various devices! Refer to the table below for the accessor‐<br />

ies required, such as central plates, frames, mounting kits and back boxes.<br />

Product name<br />

Product<br />

Order No.<br />

CONCENTO PLUS - <strong>Technical</strong> <strong>Manual</strong>, 11/12 (Rev. 3.0), 00 8814 14<br />

Central plate<br />

Order No.<br />

Select<br />

frame<br />

1)<br />

Mounting Back box<br />

kit<br />

Order No.<br />

19 0700 90<br />

1-gang<br />

2)<br />

Call switch with connection<br />

socket<br />

19 0704 00 19 9201 04 <br />

Call switch with<br />

2 connection sockets<br />

19 0704 20 19 9201 08 <br />

Pull cord switch incl. frame<br />

Berker S.1<br />

19 0707 20B <br />

Pull cord switch incl. frame<br />

Gira Standard 55 matt<br />

19 0707 20G <br />

Pull switch incl. frame Gira<br />

Standard 55, glossy<br />

19 0707 20GG <br />

Pull cord switch, incl. frame<br />

Jung AS 500<br />

19 0707 20J <br />

Pull cord switch incl. frame<br />

Merten M-SMART<br />

19 0707 20M<br />

Pneumatic switch incl.<br />

frame Berker S.1<br />

Pneumatic switch incl.<br />

19 0707 50B <br />

frame Gira Standard 55,<br />

matt<br />

Pneumatic switch incl.<br />

19 0707 50G <br />

frame Gira Standard 55,<br />

glossy<br />

19 0707 50GG <br />

Pneumatic switch, incl.<br />

frame Jung AS 500<br />

19 0707 50J <br />

Pneumatic switch incl.<br />

frame Merten M-SMART<br />

19 0707 50M<br />

Call switch 19 0708 00 19 9201 06 <br />

Call & Cancel switch/WC 19 0708 50 19 9201 00 <br />

Cancel switch/WC 19 0709 00 19 9201 06 <br />

2-gang<br />

3)<br />

Legend:<br />

1) Select frame: Jung AS 500: 19 9200 06, Berker S.1: 19 9200 05, Gira Standard 55 matt: 19 9200 03, Gira<br />

Standard 55 glossy: 19 9200 07, Merten System M-SMART: 19 9200 04<br />

2) Back box, 1-gang: Solid wall: 17 0100 00, partition wall: 17 5100 00<br />

3) Back box, 2-gang: Solid wall: 17 0410 00, partition wall: 17 5400 00<br />

35


4. Accessories required<br />

36<br />

Product name<br />

Room lamp universal, 3<br />

sections<br />

Room lamp universal, 3<br />

sections, with doorplate<br />

Room lamp universal, 3<br />

sections, glass decor<br />

Product<br />

Order No.<br />

77 0180 10<br />

77 0181 00<br />

77 0185 10<br />

Central plate<br />

Order No.<br />

Select<br />

frame<br />

1)<br />

Connector, 7-pole<br />

Order No. 70 0807 07<br />

Connector, 7-pole<br />

Order No. 70 0807 07<br />

Connector, 7-pole<br />

Order No. 70 0807 07<br />

Mounting Back box<br />

kit<br />

Order No.<br />

19 0700 90<br />

1-gang<br />

2)<br />

Group Electronic (GE) 19 0700 10 <br />

2-gang<br />

3)<br />

Terminal SD6 P 19 0700 20 <br />

Terminal S4 P 19 0700 40 <br />

Terminal S4 B 19 0700 70 <br />

Display module 19 0700 80 <br />

RAB 19 0701 00 19 9201 00 <br />

Legend:<br />

1) Select frame: Jung AS 500: 19 9200 06, Berker S.1: 19 9200 05, Gira Standard 55 matt: 19 9200 03, Gira<br />

Standard 55 glossy: 19 9200 07, Merten System M-SMART: 19 9200 04<br />

2) Back box, 1-gang: Solid wall: 17 0100 00, partition wall: 17 5100 00<br />

3) Back box, 2-gang: Solid wall: 17 0410 00, partition wall: 17 5400 00<br />

CONCENTO PLUS - <strong>Technical</strong> <strong>Manual</strong>, 11/12 (Rev. 3.0), 00 8814 14


5. Installation examples<br />

See below for a few installation examples for various applications:<br />

Nurse call system with speech / high volume of calls<br />

Nurse call system with speech / low volume of calls<br />

Nurse call system without speech<br />

Assisted living<br />

Connection diagrams for 1-bed and 2-bed rooms<br />

Extension of the interface between the Management Interface and radio pa‐<br />

ging system<br />

CONCENTO PLUS - <strong>Technical</strong> <strong>Manual</strong>, 11/12 (Rev. 3.0), 00 8814 14<br />

37


5. Installation examples<br />

5.1 Nurse call system with speech: High volume of calls<br />

g (equipotential bonding) g (equipotential bonding)<br />

g (equipotential bonding)<br />

38<br />

c (group bus) c (group bus)<br />

c (group bus)<br />

Reserve<br />

Reserve<br />

Reserve<br />

19 0800 84<br />

19 0700 10<br />

19 0700 10<br />

19 0700 10<br />

19 0700 00<br />

Functional ground<br />

Cables legend:<br />

c IY(ST)Y 4x2x0.8<br />

k NYM 2x2.5 mm 2<br />

or NYM 2x1.5 mm 2<br />

g NYM 1x1.5 mm 2<br />

77 3400 00<br />

230 V AC<br />

24 V<br />

DC<br />

Paging/DECT<br />

ESPA 4.4.4<br />

LAN<br />

c<br />

77 3400 00<br />

230 V AC<br />

24 V<br />

DC<br />

77 3400 00<br />

230 V AC<br />

19 0700 40<br />

c<br />

24 V<br />

DC<br />

19 0700 20<br />

c<br />

19 0700 00<br />

19 0700 00<br />

19 0700 00<br />

19 0803 00<br />

LAN for<br />

remote maintenance<br />

analog a/b<br />

19 0700 40<br />

19 0700 20<br />

230 V AC<br />

Order no. Product name<br />

19 0700 00 Management Interface<br />

19 0700 10 Group Electronic (GE)<br />

19 0700 20 Terminal SD6P<br />

19 0700 40 Terminal S4P<br />

k<br />

c (ward bus)<br />

k<br />

analog a/b<br />

k<br />

c (ward bus)<br />

k<br />

analog a/b<br />

k<br />

c (ward bus)<br />

k<br />

19 0700 40 19 0700 40 19 0700 40<br />

19 0700 20<br />

Staff room<br />

19 0700 20<br />

Staff room<br />

19 0782 08<br />

19 0700 40 19 0700 40<br />

19 0700 20 19 0700 20 19 0700 20<br />

19 0700 20<br />

Staff room<br />

19 0782 08<br />

19 0700 20 19 0700 20<br />

19 0700 20 19 0700 20 19 0700 20<br />

19 0782 08<br />

19 0700 20 19 0700 20<br />

Note: The bus terminating resistor must be ac‐<br />

tivated in the first and last bus user of the group<br />

bus and ward bus.<br />

Order no. Product name<br />

19 0803 00 ConLogPLUS Management Software<br />

19 0800 84 Fire alarm interface<br />

19 0782 08 Corridor display, 8‐digit, double-sided<br />

77 3400 00 Power supply unit UPS<br />

CONCENTO PLUS - <strong>Technical</strong> <strong>Manual</strong>, 11/12 (Rev. 3.0), 00 8814 14


5.2 Nurse call system with speech: Low call volume<br />

g (equipotential bonding)<br />

g (equipotential bonding)<br />

g (equipotential bonding)<br />

c (group bus) c (group bus)<br />

c (group bus)<br />

Reserve<br />

Reserve<br />

Reserve<br />

19 0800 84<br />

19 0700 10<br />

19 0700 10<br />

19 0700 10<br />

19 0700 00<br />

Functional ground<br />

Cables legend:<br />

c IY(ST)Y 4x2x0.8<br />

k NYM 2x2.5 mm 2<br />

or NYM 2x1.5 mm 2<br />

g NYM 1x1.5 mm 2<br />

77 3400 00<br />

230 V AC<br />

24 V<br />

DC<br />

77 3400 00<br />

230 V AC<br />

77 3400 00<br />

230 V AC<br />

CONCENTO PLUS - <strong>Technical</strong> <strong>Manual</strong>, 11/12 (Rev. 3.0), 00 8814 14<br />

c<br />

5. Installation examples<br />

19 0782 08<br />

19 0700 20 19 0700 20 19 0700 20<br />

Staff room<br />

19 0700 20 19 0700 20<br />

24 V<br />

DC<br />

c<br />

19 0782 08<br />

19 0700 20 19 0700 20 19 0700 20<br />

Staff room<br />

19 0700 20 19 0700 20<br />

24 V<br />

DC<br />

c<br />

analog a/b<br />

Paging/DECT<br />

ESPA 4.4.4<br />

19 0803 00<br />

LAN LAN for<br />

remote maintenance<br />

Order no. Product name<br />

19 0700 00 Management Interface<br />

19 0700 10 Group Electronic (GE)<br />

19 0700 20 Terminal SD6P<br />

k<br />

c (ward bus)<br />

k<br />

k<br />

c (ward bus)<br />

k<br />

k<br />

c (ward bus)<br />

k<br />

230 V AC<br />

19 0700 20 19 0700 20 19 0700 20<br />

19 0700 20 19 0700 20 19 0700 20<br />

19 0700 20 19 0700 20 19 0700 20<br />

19 0700 20<br />

Staff room<br />

19 0782 08<br />

19 0700 20 19 0700 20<br />

Note: The bus terminating resistor must be ac‐<br />

tivated in the first and last bus user of the group<br />

bus and ward bus.<br />

Order no. Product name<br />

19 0803 00 ConLogPLUS Management Software<br />

19 0800 84 Fire alarm interface<br />

19 0782 08 Corridor display, 8‐digit, double-sided<br />

77 3400 00 Power supply unit UPS<br />

39


5. Installation examples<br />

5.3 Nurse call system without speech<br />

g (equipotential bonding)<br />

g (equipotential bonding)<br />

g (equipotential bonding)<br />

40<br />

c (group bus) c (group bus)<br />

c (group bus)<br />

Reserve<br />

Reserve<br />

Reserve<br />

19 0800 84<br />

19 0700 10<br />

19 0700 10<br />

19 0700 10<br />

19 0700 00<br />

Functional ground<br />

Cables legend:<br />

c IY(ST)Y 4x2x0.8<br />

k NYM 2x2.5 mm 2<br />

or NYM 2x1.5 mm 2<br />

g NYM 1x1.5 mm 2<br />

77 3400 00<br />

230 V AC<br />

24 V<br />

DC<br />

Paging/DECT<br />

ESPA 4.4.4<br />

LAN<br />

c<br />

77 3400 00<br />

230 V AC<br />

24 V<br />

DC<br />

77 3400 00<br />

230 V AC<br />

19 0803 00<br />

230 V AC<br />

19 0701 00 19 0701 00 19 0701 00<br />

19 0700 20<br />

Staff room<br />

19 0782 08<br />

19 0701 00 19 0701 00<br />

19 0701 00 19 0701 00<br />

c<br />

19 0700 80 19 0700 80 19 0700 80<br />

19 0700 20<br />

Staff room<br />

19 0782 08<br />

19 0700 80 19 0700 80<br />

19 0700 80 19 0700 80<br />

24 V<br />

DC<br />

c<br />

analog a/b only<br />

speech phrases<br />

LAN for<br />

remote maintenance<br />

Order no. Product name<br />

19 0700 00 Management Interface<br />

19 0700 10 Group Electronic (GE)<br />

19 0700 20 Terminal SD6P<br />

19 0700 80 Display module<br />

19 0701 00 RAB<br />

k<br />

c (ward bus)<br />

k<br />

k<br />

c (ward bus)<br />

k<br />

k<br />

c (ward bus)<br />

k<br />

19 0700 80 19 0700 80 19 0700 80<br />

19 0700 20<br />

Staff room<br />

19 0782 08<br />

19 0700 80 19 0700 80<br />

Note: The bus terminating resistor must be ac‐<br />

tivated in the first and last bus user of the group<br />

bus and ward bus.<br />

Order no. Product name<br />

19 0803 00 ConLogPLUS Management Software<br />

19 0800 84 Fire alarm Interface<br />

19 0782 08 Corridor display, 8‐digit, double-sided<br />

77 3400 00 Power supply unit UPS<br />

CONCENTO PLUS - <strong>Technical</strong> <strong>Manual</strong>, 11/12 (Rev. 3.0), 00 8814 14


5.4 Assisted living<br />

g (equipotential bonding) g (equipotential bonding)<br />

g (equipotential bonding)<br />

c (group bus) c (group bus)<br />

c (group bus)<br />

Reserve<br />

Reserve<br />

Reserve<br />

19 0800 84<br />

19 0700 10<br />

19 0700 10<br />

19 0700 10<br />

19 0700 00<br />

Functional ground<br />

Cables legend:<br />

c IY(ST)Y 4x2x0.8<br />

k NYM 2x2.5 mm 2<br />

or NYM 2x1.5 mm 2<br />

g NYM 1x1.5 mm 2<br />

77 3400 00<br />

230 V AC<br />

24 V<br />

DC<br />

77 3400 00<br />

230 V AC<br />

77 3400 00<br />

230 V AC<br />

19 0803 00<br />

analog a/b<br />

230 V AC<br />

CONCENTO PLUS - <strong>Technical</strong> <strong>Manual</strong>, 11/12 (Rev. 3.0), 00 8814 14<br />

c<br />

5. Installation examples<br />

19 0700 70 19 0700 70 19 0700 70<br />

19 0700 70 19 0700 70<br />

19 0700 70<br />

19 0700 70 19 0700 70<br />

24 V<br />

DC<br />

c<br />

24 V<br />

DC<br />

c<br />

LAN for<br />

remote maintenance<br />

LAN<br />

Order no. Product name<br />

19 0700 00 Management Interface<br />

19 0700 10 Group Electronic (GE)<br />

19 0700 20 Terminal SD6P<br />

19 0700 70 Terminal S4B<br />

k<br />

c (ward bus)<br />

k<br />

c (ward bus)<br />

19 0700 70 19 0700 70<br />

19 0700 70<br />

19 0700 70 19 0700 70<br />

Telephone<br />

network<br />

k<br />

c (ward bus)<br />

Telecare Control<br />

Center PNC6<br />

19 0700 70 19 0700 70 19 0700 70<br />

19 0700 70 19 0700 70 19 0700 70<br />

19 0700 20<br />

Manned<br />

location, e.g.<br />

staff room<br />

19 0700 70 19 0700 70<br />

Note: The bus terminating resistor must be ac‐<br />

tivated in the first and last bus user of the group<br />

bus and ward bus.<br />

Order no. Product name<br />

19 0803 00 ConLogPLUS Management Software<br />

19 0800 84 Fire alarm Interface<br />

19 0782 08 Corridor display, 8‐digit, double-sided<br />

77 3400 00 Power supply unit UPS<br />

41


5. Installation examples<br />

5.5 Connection diagrams<br />

5.5.1 2‐bed room with WC<br />

42<br />

Ward bus<br />

+24 V<br />

GND<br />

IB<br />

IA<br />

+24 V<br />

GND<br />

IB<br />

IA<br />

Ward bus<br />

WC<br />

Bed 1 Bed 2<br />

RT<br />

+24 V<br />

RL<br />

LT1<br />

LT1<br />

GND<br />

19 0704 00<br />

Call switch with connection socket<br />

19 0704 00<br />

RT<br />

+24 V<br />

RL<br />

LT1<br />

LT1<br />

GND<br />

Call switch with connection socket<br />

+24V<br />

+24V<br />

WR<br />

WA<br />

R2<br />

GND<br />

R3<br />

R4<br />

R1<br />

WL<br />

RL<br />

IA<br />

IB<br />

GND<br />

+24V<br />

AW<br />

10<br />

9<br />

6<br />

5<br />

4<br />

3<br />

2<br />

1<br />

11<br />

12<br />

4<br />

3<br />

2<br />

1<br />

8<br />

7<br />

19 0701 00<br />

RAB<br />

GND<br />

RL<br />

RT<br />

+24 V<br />

19 0709 00<br />

Cancel switch/WC<br />

GND<br />

RL<br />

RT<br />

+24 V<br />

19 0709 20x<br />

Pull cord switch in WC<br />

COM<br />

L1<br />

L2<br />

L4<br />

(GND)<br />

(RL)<br />

(AW)<br />

(WL)<br />

77 0180 10 + 77 0807 07<br />

Room lamp universal<br />

CONCENTO PLUS - <strong>Technical</strong> <strong>Manual</strong>, 11/12 (Rev. 3.0), 00 8814 14


5.5.2 1‐bed room with WC<br />

Ward bus<br />

+24 V<br />

GND<br />

IB<br />

IA<br />

+24 V<br />

GND<br />

IB<br />

IA<br />

Ward bus<br />

WC<br />

Bed 1<br />

RT<br />

+24 V<br />

RL<br />

LT1<br />

LT1<br />

GND<br />

19 0704 00<br />

Call switch with connection socket<br />

+24V<br />

+24V<br />

WR<br />

WA<br />

R2<br />

GND<br />

R3<br />

R4<br />

R1<br />

WL<br />

RL<br />

IA<br />

IB<br />

GND<br />

+24V<br />

AW<br />

10<br />

9<br />

6<br />

5<br />

4<br />

3<br />

2<br />

1<br />

11<br />

12<br />

4<br />

3<br />

2<br />

1<br />

8<br />

7<br />

19 0701 00<br />

RAB<br />

GND<br />

RL<br />

RT<br />

+24 V<br />

19 0709 00<br />

Cancel switch/WC<br />

GND<br />

RL<br />

RT<br />

+24 V<br />

19 0708 00<br />

Call switch in the WC<br />

GND<br />

RL<br />

RT<br />

+24 V<br />

19 0709 20x<br />

Pull cord switch in the WC<br />

CONCENTO PLUS - <strong>Technical</strong> <strong>Manual</strong>, 11/12 (Rev. 3.0), 00 8814 14<br />

5. Installation examples<br />

COM<br />

L1<br />

L2<br />

L4<br />

(GND)<br />

(RL)<br />

(AW)<br />

(WL)<br />

77 0180 10 + 77 0807 07<br />

Room lamp universal<br />

43


5. Installation examples<br />

5.5.3 2-bed room with WC: Wiring in the room lamp<br />

Bed 2<br />

44<br />

19 0704 00<br />

The following connection diagram is a special solution for renovation projects<br />

where the cabling of the previous system was in the room lamp. Installation is<br />

only permitted following consultation with <strong>Tunstall</strong> <strong>GmbH</strong>.<br />

RT<br />

+24 V<br />

RL<br />

LT1<br />

LT1<br />

GND<br />

Call switch with connection socket<br />

Bed 1<br />

RT<br />

RL<br />

LT1<br />

LT1<br />

GND<br />

+24 V<br />

19 0704 00<br />

Call switch with connection socket<br />

WC<br />

+24V<br />

+24V<br />

WR<br />

WA<br />

R2<br />

GND<br />

R3<br />

R4<br />

R1<br />

WL<br />

RL<br />

IA<br />

IB<br />

GND<br />

+24V<br />

AW<br />

10<br />

9<br />

6<br />

5<br />

4<br />

3<br />

2<br />

1<br />

11<br />

12<br />

4<br />

3<br />

2<br />

1<br />

8<br />

7<br />

19 0701 00<br />

RAB<br />

GND<br />

RL<br />

RT<br />

+24 V<br />

19 0709 00<br />

Cancel switch/WC<br />

GND<br />

RL<br />

RT<br />

+24 V<br />

19 0709 20x<br />

Pull cord switch in the WC<br />

4<br />

4<br />

4<br />

4<br />

11<br />

WA<br />

WR<br />

WL<br />

WL<br />

R1<br />

R2<br />

RL<br />

Ward bus<br />

+24 V<br />

GND<br />

IB<br />

IA<br />

RL<br />

+24 V<br />

GND<br />

IB<br />

IA<br />

Ward bus<br />

COM<br />

L1<br />

L2<br />

(GND)<br />

(RL)<br />

(AW)<br />

L4 (WL)<br />

77 0180 10 + 77 0807 07<br />

Room lamp universal<br />

CONCENTO PLUS - <strong>Technical</strong> <strong>Manual</strong>, 11/12 (Rev. 3.0), 00 8814 14


5.5.4 1-bed room with WC: Wiring in the room lamp<br />

Bett 1<br />

CONCENTO PLUS - <strong>Technical</strong> <strong>Manual</strong>, 11/12 (Rev. 3.0), 00 8814 14<br />

5. Installation examples<br />

The following connection diagram is a special solution for renovation projects<br />

where the cabling of the previous system was in the room lamp. Installation is<br />

only permitted following consultation with <strong>Tunstall</strong> <strong>GmbH</strong>.<br />

RT<br />

RL<br />

LT1<br />

LT1<br />

GND<br />

+24 V<br />

19 0704 00<br />

Call switch with connection socket<br />

WC<br />

+24V<br />

+24V<br />

WR<br />

WA<br />

R2<br />

GND<br />

R3<br />

R4<br />

R1<br />

WL<br />

RL<br />

IA<br />

IB<br />

GND<br />

+24V<br />

AW<br />

10<br />

9<br />

6<br />

5<br />

4<br />

3<br />

2<br />

1<br />

11<br />

12<br />

4<br />

3<br />

2<br />

1<br />

8<br />

7<br />

19 0701 00<br />

RAB<br />

GND<br />

RL<br />

RT<br />

+24 V<br />

19 0709 00<br />

Cancel switch/WC<br />

GND<br />

RL<br />

RT<br />

+24 V<br />

19 0709 20x<br />

Pull cord switch in the WC<br />

4<br />

10<br />

4<br />

4<br />

WA<br />

WR<br />

WL<br />

WL<br />

R1<br />

Ward bus<br />

+24 V<br />

GND<br />

IB<br />

IA<br />

RL<br />

+24 V<br />

GND<br />

IB<br />

IA<br />

Ward bus<br />

COM<br />

L1<br />

L2<br />

L4<br />

(GND)<br />

(RL)<br />

(AW)<br />

(WL)<br />

77 0181 11<br />

Room lamp universal<br />

45


5. Installation examples<br />

5.6 Extension of the interface between the Management<br />

Interface and radio paging system<br />

230 V AC<br />

46<br />

RS232,<br />

Sub-D, 9-pole (f)<br />

DCE SIM<br />

T-ON/R-ON<br />

T-ON/R-ON<br />

DCE SIM<br />

Radio paging system<br />

Sub-D adapter cable<br />

(order no. 19 1990 55)<br />

Sub-D adapter cable<br />

(order no. 19 1990 55)<br />

Management Interface<br />

(order no. 19 0700 00)<br />

Interface converter RS232 to RS485<br />

(order no. 19 1990 12)<br />

230 V AC<br />

IY(St)Y 2x2x0.8 mm<br />

Attention! Crossed cable<br />

Maximum cable length: 1,000 m<br />

RS232,<br />

Sub-D, 9-pole (f)<br />

Sub-D, 25-pole (m)<br />

Note: Set the DIP switch as shown.<br />

Interface converter RS232 to RS485<br />

(order no. 19 1990 12)<br />

Note: Set the DIP switch as shown.<br />

Sub-D, 25-pole (m)<br />

CONCENTO PLUS - <strong>Technical</strong> <strong>Manual</strong>, 11/12 (Rev. 3.0), 00 8814 14


6. Installation sequence<br />

Work step Description<br />

1. Defining mounting positions from Page 49.<br />

2. Installing the back boxes from Page 35.<br />

3. Laying cables from Page 55.<br />

4. Installing and connecting devices In the chapter ”Product<br />

leaflets” from Page 79.<br />

5. Switching on and checking the power supply from Page 67.<br />

6. Checking the room installations from Page 76.<br />

7. Configuring the nurse call system with ConLog PLUS<br />

Management Software<br />

8. Commissioning the nurse call system. Commission‐<br />

ing support by the manufacturer = order<br />

no. 19 0000 63.<br />

CONCENTO PLUS - <strong>Technical</strong> <strong>Manual</strong>, 11/12 (Rev. 3.0), 00 8814 14<br />

from Page 69.<br />

9. System function check from Page 73.<br />

47


6. Installation sequence<br />

48<br />

CONCENTO PLUS - <strong>Technical</strong> <strong>Manual</strong>, 11/12 (Rev. 3.0), 00 8814 14


7. Defining mounting positions<br />

7.1 General requirements<br />

All devices of the nurse call<br />

system<br />

CONCENTO PLUS - <strong>Technical</strong> <strong>Manual</strong>, 11/12 (Rev. 3.0), 00 8814 14<br />

- Unambiguous call raising and simple handling must be ensu‐<br />

red for the changing users, and the possibility of mix-ups with<br />

parts of other systems must be eliminated.<br />

- Damage or destruction by external influences that can be ex‐<br />

pected during proper use (e.g. bed transport) must be impossi‐<br />

ble.<br />

- May not be installed in rooms that can have harmful effects on<br />

telecommunications systems.<br />

Devices with displays - Must be well within the field of vision (terminals, display mo‐<br />

dule).<br />

- Should not be subjected to direct sunlight<br />

Call switches, call devices - Must be in easy reach.<br />

Presence buttons - Near doors<br />

Visual signalling devices - Recognition must not be impaired by light from other sources.<br />

Signal lamps, corridor displays - Must guide the called or sought persons to the call location via<br />

the shortest route.<br />

Room lamps - Must be easily assignable to the rooms.<br />

In WCs and wet rooms - Observe the special regulations of DIN VDE 0100!<br />

Power supply units, Group<br />

Electronics, Management<br />

Interface, fire alarm interface<br />

Distribution boxes that are<br />

used jointly for the nurse call<br />

system and power system<br />

- Only in dry rooms, ideally in a distribution box (not in pati‐<br />

ents'/residents' rooms).<br />

- Easily accessible at all times (access space min. 60 cm width).<br />

- Heat dissipation must not be obstructed.<br />

- In the case of installation in switch cabinets etc., the heat loss<br />

must be dissipated by forced ventilation if necessary.<br />

- Due to the voltage drop, the power supply unit should, if possi‐<br />

ble, be housed close to the largest consumers.<br />

- Fire hazard! Heat is produced in short-circuit operation of<br />

power supply units. Make sure thatt here is sufficient ventilation<br />

in the distribution box.<br />

- After the outer cover is removed, the power section must re‐<br />

main covered.<br />

- The terminals for the nurse call system and the power system<br />

must differ from each other clearly, e.g. in shape and/or colour.<br />

Labelling alone is not a sufficient distinguishing feature.<br />

- Spatially separate arrangement.<br />

49


7. Defining mounting positions<br />

7.2 Mounting heights<br />

50<br />

Specified mounting heights in accordance with the German standard DIN VDE<br />

0834-1:2000:<br />

Mounting height above the floor:<br />

Devices for operation (with and without indicator lamps) 700 - 1,500 mm<br />

Devices for operation with text displays 1500 - 1,700 mm<br />

Devices in installation units 1600 - 1,800 mm<br />

Signal lamps and large-text displays 1500 - 2,200 mm<br />

Distribution boxes 700 - 2,200 mm<br />

Pull cord switches or similar in shower cubicles 200 mm above the<br />

highest possible<br />

shower head posi‐<br />

tion<br />

CONCENTO PLUS - <strong>Technical</strong> <strong>Manual</strong>, 11/12 (Rev. 3.0), 00 8814 14


7. Defining mounting positions<br />

7.3 Recommendations for CONCENTO PLUS<br />

In the following pages you will find installation examples with practical recom‐<br />

mendations for CONCENTO PLUS products.<br />

7.3.1 Room terminals and other room controllers<br />

120 mm<br />

120 mm<br />

120 mm<br />

120 mm<br />

170 mm<br />

170 mm<br />

1,600 mm<br />

1,600 mm<br />

1,600 mm<br />

Terminal<br />

CONCENTO PLUS - <strong>Technical</strong> <strong>Manual</strong>, 11/12 (Rev. 3.0), 00 8814 14<br />

Order no.: 19 0700 20, 19 0700 40, 19 0700 70<br />

Position in the room: Near the door.<br />

2-gang back box required.<br />

Note: With 2-gang back sockets, a space of at least 120 mm<br />

upwards and downwards from the centre point of the box<br />

must be provided for the terminal.<br />

When a pull cord (order no. 10 1421 10) is installed, the pull<br />

handle must not be higher than 200 mm above the floor so<br />

that persons lying on the floor can reach the pull cord.<br />

Terminal in an apartment<br />

Order no.: 19 0700 70<br />

In an assisted living apartment, the terminal should be in‐<br />

stalled in a position that favours audible contact from where<br />

speech contact is possible throughout the apartment, for ex‐<br />

ample in the living room.<br />

2-gang back box required.<br />

Note: With 2-gang back boxes, a space of at least 120 mm<br />

upwards and downwards from the centre point of the box<br />

must be provided for the terminal.<br />

When a pull cord (order no. 10 1421 10) is installed, the pull<br />

handle must not be higher than 200 mm above the floor so<br />

that persons lying on the floor can reach the pull cord.<br />

Display module<br />

Order no.: 19 0700 80<br />

Position in the room: Near the door.<br />

1-gang back box required.<br />

51


7. Defining mounting positions<br />

52<br />

150 mm<br />

1,300 mm<br />

7.3.2 Room lamps<br />

55 mm<br />

55 mm<br />

150 mm<br />

150 mm<br />

Call/presence combination bus (RAB)<br />

Order no.: 19 0701 00<br />

Position in the room: Near the door.<br />

1-gang back box required.<br />

Room lamp universal<br />

Order no.: 77 0180 10, 77 0185 10<br />

A 1-gang back box is required for each room lamp.<br />

Room lamp universal with doorplate<br />

Order no.: 77 0181 10<br />

A 1-gang back box is required for each room lamp with door<br />

plate.<br />

A 1-gang back box is required for each room lamp with door‐<br />

plate.<br />

CONCENTO PLUS - <strong>Technical</strong> <strong>Manual</strong>, 11/12 (Rev. 3.0), 00 8814 14


7.3.3 Switches<br />

ÀÀ<br />

ÀÀÀÀÀ<br />

ÀÀÀ<br />

150 mm<br />

300 mm<br />

1,300 mm<br />

1,000 mm<br />

CONCENTO PLUS - <strong>Technical</strong> <strong>Manual</strong>, 11/12 (Rev. 3.0), 00 8814 14<br />

7. Defining mounting positions<br />

Cancel switch next to the door in the WC<br />

Order no.: 19 0708 50, 19 0709 00<br />

A 1-gang back box is required for each switch. .<br />

Call switch<br />

Order no.: 19 0708 00<br />

A 1-gang back box is required for each switch.<br />

The call switch must be easily reachable, e.g. next to the<br />

washbasin.<br />

300 mm Pull cord switch in the bathroom/WC<br />

(ceiling mounting)<br />

300 mm<br />

2,250 mm<br />

Order no.: 19 0707 20x<br />

1-gang back box required.<br />

The special requirements for ”barrier-free living” (DIN 18025)<br />

must be observed in the case of pull cord switches in wet<br />

rooms. Here too, persons lying on the floor must be able to<br />

reach the pull cords. This means that the call handle must not<br />

be more than 200 mm above the floor.<br />

Pull cord switch in the bathroom/WC<br />

(wall mounting)<br />

Order no.: 19 0707 20x<br />

1-gang back box required.<br />

Pull cord switches in wet rooms must be installed at least 200<br />

mm above the highest possible shower head position.<br />

The special requirements for ”barrier-free living” (DIN 18025)<br />

must be observed in the case of pull cord switches in wet<br />

rooms. Here too, persons lying on the floor must be able to<br />

reach the pull cords. This means that the call handle must not<br />

be more than 200 mm above the floor.<br />

53


7. Defining mounting positions<br />

54<br />

300 mm<br />

1,750 mm<br />

Pneumatic switch<br />

Order no.: 19 0707 50x<br />

1-gang back box required.<br />

7.3.4 Call switch with connection socket<br />

Medical supply unit<br />

Call switch with<br />

connection socket<br />

100 mm<br />

Call switch with connection socket<br />

(mounting in a wall)<br />

Order no.: 19 0704 00, 19 0704 20<br />

1-gang back box required.<br />

Install above the bed frame so that the call switch is easily<br />

reachable and so that when it is moved, the bed cannot hit<br />

the call switch with connection socket.<br />

Call switch with connection socket<br />

(mounting in medical supply unit)<br />

Order no.: 19 0704 00, 19 0704 20<br />

The connection sockets are normally installed by the medical<br />

supply unit manufacturer.<br />

CONCENTO PLUS - <strong>Technical</strong> <strong>Manual</strong>, 11/12 (Rev. 3.0), 00 8814 14


CONCENTO PLUS - <strong>Technical</strong> <strong>Manual</strong>, 11/12 (Rev. 3.0), 00 8814 14<br />

8. Laying cables<br />

When laying the cables, it is essential to observe the valid VDE regu‐<br />

lations.<br />

8.1 Cables legend<br />

A cables legend has been introduced for CONCENTO PLUS in order to simplify<br />

use of the installation plans.<br />

Code Code Area of use<br />

a IY(ST)Y 2x2x0.8 - Secondary lines (except switch with 2 buttons,<br />

e.g. Call & Cancel switch/WC)<br />

- Ward bus without speech (minimum requirement)<br />

- Group bus without speech (minimum requirement<br />

c IY(ST)Y 4x2x0.8 - Ward bus with or without speech<br />

- Group bus with or without speech<br />

- Secondary lines with switches with 2 buttons, e.g.<br />

Call & Cancel switch/WC<br />

k NYM 2x2.5 mm 2<br />

or<br />

NYM 2x1.5 mm 2<br />

8.1.1 Colour coding<br />

Abbreviation Colour<br />

BK black<br />

BU blue<br />

BN brown<br />

GN green<br />

RD red<br />

WH white<br />

YE yellow<br />

- Power supply<br />

- Equipotential bonding<br />

55


8. Laying cables<br />

8.2 Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC)<br />

56<br />

All components of the nurse call system remain well below the specified electro‐<br />

magnetic compatibility (EMC) limit values. Nevertheless, in individual cases<br />

and under certain conditions, faults can arise in the nurse call system due to<br />

insufficient interference suppression of fluorescent lamps, e.g. in medical sup‐<br />

ply units.<br />

The customer must ensure that appropriate precautions are taken in order to<br />

prevent such external interference and the resulting faults. It may be possible<br />

to prevent these faults by installing interference suppression elements (varistor<br />

circuits). The varistor circuits are available from the manufacturers.<br />

<strong>Tunstall</strong> <strong>GmbH</strong> supplies the 230 V AC overvoltage protection filter (Order no.<br />

70 0890 97) for this.<br />

The EMC behaviour of different medical supply units can vary greatly. Even two<br />

supply units of the same type can behave differently if they are wired up dif‐<br />

ferently.<br />

Nurse call systems normally have a widely extended spatial structure, the EMC<br />

behaviour of which is influenced by the configuration of the wiring network.<br />

Also bear this in mind when retrofitting or when converting existing medical sup‐<br />

ply units.<br />

8.2.1 Cables of the power system or other systems carrying<br />

hazardous voltage<br />

The cables of the nurse call system power circuits must not be routed in com‐<br />

mon cables, pipes or installation ducts together with wires of the power system<br />

or other systems carrying hazardous voltage.<br />

The cables of the nurse call system and the power system must be laid with a<br />

minimum spacing of 30 cm. In the case of shorter sections of less than 10 m,<br />

a spacing of 10 cm is regarded as sufficient.<br />

230 V / 400 V AC<br />

Spacing > 30 cm<br />

Power system cable<br />

Nurse call system cable<br />

In medical supply units, the specifications of ISO 11197:2004 apply to laying<br />

wiring.<br />

CONCENTO PLUS - <strong>Technical</strong> <strong>Manual</strong>, 11/12 (Rev. 3.0), 00 8814 14


8.3 Power supply cable (code: k)<br />

CONCENTO PLUS - <strong>Technical</strong> <strong>Manual</strong>, 11/12 (Rev. 3.0), 00 8814 14<br />

8. Laying cables<br />

The system's power supply is provided with +24 V direct voltage. A sheathed<br />

cable of the type NYM 2x1.5 mm 2 or NYM 2x2.5 mm 2 must be used as the<br />

power supply cable ”k”. The operating voltage of the devices being supplied<br />

should not be less than 22 V DC at 20% call capacity utilisation.<br />

+24 V<br />

GND<br />

Fig. 5: NYM 2x2.5 mm 2 or NYM 2x1.5 mm 2<br />

The power supply cable is laid as a ring.<br />

A separate power supply cable is recommended for corridor displays.<br />

Note! To keep the voltage drop as low as possible, always choose the shortest<br />

route when laying the cables.<br />

12 A or 5 A power supply units are available, depending on the ward's power<br />

requirements. The power supply units have current limitation and have built-in<br />

overvoltage protection devices so that no additional fusing is necessary.<br />

The power supply unit for the CONCENTO PLUS system must always be connec‐<br />

ted to the 230 V AC supply voltage via its own protective system and with a per‐<br />

manent connection. The German standard DIN VDE 0834 stipulates an<br />

emergency power supply. If no emergency mains system is available, compar‐<br />

able measures must be taken (UPS).<br />

A current balance calculation must be performed for dimensioning the power<br />

supply units. The capacity of the power supply unit should be calculated with<br />

a 20% simultaneity factor of set calls and presences.<br />

Note! If the maximum permissible cable length is exceeded (see Page 68), a<br />

centre infeed must be provided and this must be taken into account for the<br />

cabling.<br />

The Group Electronics must be connected to each other via the GND connec‐<br />

tions (ground line) and must be centrally earthed and fixed in the determined<br />

place (PE) in the building (functional ground). Use a suitable cable for this, the<br />

core cross section of which is at least the same as the power supply unit's<br />

equipment connecting cable. 4 mm 2 is recommended.<br />

Note! In any case, more than one functional ground must be avoided due to<br />

possible vagabond voltages.<br />

57


8. Laying cables<br />

58<br />

As an alternative to what is shown on the next page, the 0V can also be laid in<br />

a star configuration to a functional ground.<br />

Mix-ups with power system cables must be prevented by choosing a suitable<br />

colour, cable identification and a suitable method of laying the low-voltage ca‐<br />

bles.<br />

CONCENTO PLUS - <strong>Technical</strong> <strong>Manual</strong>, 11/12 (Rev. 3.0), 00 8814 14


8.3.1 Earthing the nurse call system<br />

CONCENTO PLUS - <strong>Technical</strong> <strong>Manual</strong>, 11/12 (Rev. 3.0), 00 8814 14<br />

8. Laying cables<br />

Caution! The nurse call system's ground line (GND) must be connected to the<br />

equipotential bonding strip at one point.<br />

Primary Secondary<br />

L<br />

N<br />

PE<br />

Power supply<br />

unit<br />

0 V<br />

+24 V<br />

Primary Secondary<br />

L<br />

N<br />

PE<br />

Power supply<br />

unit<br />

0 V<br />

+24 V<br />

Primary Secondary<br />

L<br />

N<br />

PE<br />

Power supply<br />

unit<br />

0 V<br />

+24 V<br />

Ward bus<br />

Group 1<br />

GND<br />

+24 V<br />

Ward bus<br />

Group 2<br />

GND<br />

+24 V<br />

Ward bus<br />

Group 3<br />

GND<br />

+24 V<br />

Group Electronic (GE) 1<br />

GND<br />

Group Electronic (GE) 2<br />

GND<br />

Group Electronic (GE) 3<br />

GND<br />

Group bus<br />

Functional ground<br />

in accordance with VDE 0800 min. same as the cross<br />

section of the connecting cable to the power supply unit.<br />

59


8. Laying cables<br />

8.4 Current requirement<br />

60<br />

The overview below was compiled for the purpose of calculating the current re‐<br />

quirement in the CONCENTO PLUS system. The values are averages and can<br />

deviate slightly in individual cases. The system's total current consumption var‐<br />

ies depending on the functions used.<br />

Standby<br />

current<br />

consumption<br />

Additional current<br />

consumption<br />

11 5350 00 Telephone interface relay 10 mA<br />

19 0700 00 Management Interface 240 mA<br />

19 0700 10 Group Electronic (GE) 60 mA max. 300 mA per lamp output, 20 mA<br />

for the display backlight<br />

19 0700 20 Terminal SD6 P 85 mA max. 100 mA per lamp output, 20 mA<br />

for the display backlight<br />

19 0700 40 Terminal S4 P 75 mA max. 100 mA per lamp output<br />

19 0700 70 Terminal S4 B 75 mA max. 100 mA per lamp output<br />

19 0700 80 Display module 10 mA max. 100 mA per lamp output, 20 mA<br />

for the display backlight<br />

19 0701 00 Call/presence combination bus (RAB) 10 mA max. 100 mA per lamp output<br />

19 0704 00 Call switch with connection socket 9.1 mA<br />

19 0704 20 Call switch with 2 connection sockets 9.1 mA<br />

19 0707 20x Pull cord switch 0.1 mA<br />

19 0707 50x Pneumatic switch 0.1 mA<br />

19 0708 00 Call switch 1 mA<br />

19 0708 50 Call & cancel switch/WC 2 mA<br />

19 0708 80 Smoke detector 24 V DC 0 mA 35 mA (for alarm)<br />

19 0709 00 Cancel switch/WC 1 mA<br />

19 0781 08 Corridor display, 8-digit 50 mA max. 220 mA (for call)<br />

19 0781 16 Corridor display, 16-digit 60 mA max. 470 mA (for call)<br />

19 0782 08 Corridor display, 8-digit, double-sided 60 mA max. 470 mA (for call)<br />

19 0782 16 Corridor display, 16-digit, double-sided 80 mA max. 980 mA (for call)<br />

19 0790 00 Pear push switch incl. call switch 0.7 mA<br />

19 0790 02 Pear push switch incl. call and light switch 0,7 mA<br />

19 0790 30 Pear push switch incl. 2 call switches 0.4 mA<br />

19 0790 32 Pear push switch incl. call and light switch 0.4 mA<br />

19 0800 84 Fire alarm interface 40 mA<br />

77 0180 10 Room lamp universal, 3 sections 0 mA Per activated light section: 30 mA<br />

77 0181 10 Room lamp uni., 3 sections, with doorplate 0 mA Per activated light section: 30 mA<br />

Z 00 8201 10 Large-surface pneumatic switch 20 mA<br />

Z 00 8201 20 Sound detector 30 mA<br />

Z 00 8201 30 1-channel respiratory dual sensor system 100 mA<br />

Z 00 8002 04 Sensor mat CONCENTO 10 mA<br />

Z 00 8002 00 Sensor mat with free cable ends 0 mA<br />

Z 00 8202 00 Radio receiver 869.2125 MHz 33 mA<br />

CONCENTO PLUS - <strong>Technical</strong> <strong>Manual</strong>, 11/12 (Rev. 3.0), 00 8814 14


8.5 Group bus and ward bus (code: c)<br />

The group bus and the ward bus must be wired up in a line topology.<br />

CONCENTO PLUS - <strong>Technical</strong> <strong>Manual</strong>, 11/12 (Rev. 3.0), 00 8814 14<br />

8. Laying cables<br />

Warning! No stub lines may be installed for the group bus and for the ward bus.<br />

All devices must be directly connected to the bus.<br />

For laying the group bus, use what is available on location (distribution cabinet,<br />

cable shaft).<br />

The cables of the nurse call system and the power system must be laid with a<br />

minimum spacing of 30 cm. In the case of shorter sections of less than 10 m,<br />

a spacing of 10 cm is regarded as sufficient.<br />

230 V / 400 V AC<br />

Spacing > 30 cm<br />

Power system cable<br />

Nurse call system cable<br />

Nurse call system cables that leave the building must have overvoltage protec‐<br />

tion in accordance with DIN VDE 0845 at the exit point. There is no need for this<br />

overvoltage protection if a galvanic isolation point reliably prevents the crossing<br />

of hazardous voltages.<br />

8.5.1 Cable types<br />

8.5.1.1 System with speech<br />

In a system with speech transmission, install an installation cable of the type<br />

IY(ST)Y 4x2x0.8 mm for the group bus and for the ward bus.<br />

8.5.1.2 System without speech<br />

In systems without speech transmission, it is sufficient to install an installation<br />

cable of the type IY(ST)Y 2x2x0.8 mm for the group bus and for the ward bus.<br />

However, as with the speech transmission system, it is urgently recommended<br />

to install the type IY(ST)Y 4x2x0.8 so that there is a possibility for subsequent<br />

upgrading to speech transmission.<br />

61


8. Laying cables<br />

8.5.2 Specified cable assignment<br />

IY(ST)Y 4x2x0,8<br />

IY(ST)Y 2x2x0,8<br />

62<br />

The cable IY(ST)Y 4x2x0.8 is twisted in pairs with the following structure:<br />

white<br />

yellow<br />

white<br />

green<br />

white<br />

brown<br />

red<br />

blue<br />

Group bus<br />

GA<br />

GB<br />

GSA<br />

GSB<br />

GSC<br />

GSD<br />

unused<br />

unused<br />

Ward bus<br />

IA<br />

IB<br />

ISA<br />

ISB<br />

ISC<br />

ISD<br />

Data<br />

Speech<br />

The cable IY(ST)Y 2x2x0.8 is twisted in pairs with the following structure:<br />

white<br />

yellow<br />

red<br />

black<br />

Group bus<br />

GA<br />

GB<br />

unused<br />

unused<br />

Ward bus<br />

IA<br />

IB<br />

Data<br />

Warning! The specified twisted pairs must be kept to, otherwise functional<br />

faults will arise in the nurse call system. Wires must not be mixed up. There is<br />

a risk of mix-ups in the case of the white wires in particular.<br />

Proceed as follows to prevent the wires being mixed up:<br />

1. Pull in the cable so that 30 cm is still available for stripping.<br />

2. Strip the cable at the back box input. The pairs are now clearly recognisable.<br />

3. Clearly and permanently identify the pairs immediately and directly at the<br />

end of the cable sheath by firmly twisting or some other marking. Permanent<br />

identification is important so that the wires cannot be mixed up in the event<br />

of a device change later.<br />

CONCENTO PLUS - <strong>Technical</strong> <strong>Manual</strong>, 11/12 (Rev. 3.0), 00 8814 14


8. Laying cables<br />

4. Only now cut off the wires to the required length and connect them up.<br />

Warning! The cable shield and the ground wire are not connected and must be<br />

removed in the back box up to the cable sheath. Otherwise short circuits or<br />

crosstalk can occur.<br />

Note! The warnings about mixing up wires and about the cable shield and<br />

ground wire also apply to the secondary lines, see Page 66.<br />

CONCENTO PLUS - <strong>Technical</strong> <strong>Manual</strong>, 11/12 (Rev. 3.0), 00 8814 14<br />

63


8. Laying cables<br />

8.5.3 Group bus<br />

64<br />

The maximum permissible cable length of the group bus is 700 m.<br />

The maximum number of users on the group bus is 40.<br />

The following devices are group bus users:<br />

Group Electronic<br />

Management Interface (maximum 1)<br />

Fire alarm interface (maximum 1)<br />

It is recommended to lay the group bus as a ring. The last part of the ring<br />

between the last and the first user is however not connected. It serves merely<br />

as a reserve in the event that faults occur in the group bus.<br />

The group bus must be connected at the first and last user with a 2.7 kOhm ter‐<br />

minating resistor between GA and GB. The resistor is already present in all<br />

devices (apart from the fire alarm interface) and only needs to be activated via<br />

a DIP switch or jumper.<br />

Group bus: IY(ST)Y 4x2x0.8 mm, max. 700 m<br />

max. 40 group bus users<br />

Terminating<br />

resistor<br />

2.7 kOhm<br />

Terminating<br />

resistor<br />

2.7 kOhm<br />

Group Electronic<br />

Group Electronic<br />

Group Electronic<br />

Group Electronic<br />

Group Electronic<br />

Fire alarm interface<br />

Management Interface<br />

CONCENTO PLUS - <strong>Technical</strong> <strong>Manual</strong>, 11/12 (Rev. 3.0), 00 8814 14


8.5.4 Ward bus<br />

Group bus<br />

GE<br />

Terminating<br />

resistor<br />

2.7 kOhm<br />

The maximum permissible cable length of the ward bus is 700 m.<br />

The maximum number of users on the ward bus is 40.<br />

The following devices are ward bus users:<br />

CONCENTO PLUS - <strong>Technical</strong> <strong>Manual</strong>, 11/12 (Rev. 3.0), 00 8814 14<br />

8. Laying cables<br />

Terminals SD6 P<br />

Terminals S4 P<br />

Terminals S4 B<br />

Display module<br />

Call/presence combination bus (RAB)<br />

Corridor displays (maximum 10 per ward bus)<br />

Management Interface (maximum 1, when connected to ward bus)<br />

It is recommended to lay the ward bus as a ring. The last part of the ring between<br />

the last user and the Group Electronic (GE) is however not connected. It serves<br />

merely as a reserve in the event that faults occur in the ward bus.<br />

The ward bus must am be connected at the first and last user with a 2.7 kOhm<br />

terminating resistor between IA and IB. The resistor is already present in all<br />

devices (apart from the corridor displays) and only needs to be activated via a<br />

DIP switch or jumper.<br />

Terminating<br />

resistor<br />

2.7 kOhm<br />

Terminal<br />

Ward bus: IY(ST)Y 4x2x0.8 mm, max. 700 m<br />

Terminal<br />

RAB<br />

max. 40 ward bus users<br />

Terminal Terminal Display<br />

module<br />

Terminal<br />

65


8. Laying cables<br />

8.6 Secondary lines (code: a)<br />

Ward bus<br />

66<br />

19 0700 20<br />

The cable system with room devices that is connected to a defined input of a<br />

room terminal is designated as a secondary line. Room terminals are Terminal<br />

SD6 P, Terminal S4 P, Terminal S4 B, the display module and the call/presence<br />

combination bus (RAB). The number of secondary lines, i.e. the number of in‐<br />

puts of a room terminal, depends on the devices and can be found in the room<br />

terminal's product leaflets.<br />

Room devices that are connected to the secondary lines are:<br />

Room lamp<br />

All switches<br />

Call switch with connection socket<br />

Call switch with 2 connection sockets<br />

Sensor mat with free cable ends<br />

Smoke detector<br />

The cable type for secondary lines is ”a”, i.e. a standard telecommunications<br />

cable IY(ST)Y 2x2x0.8 mm.<br />

Note! Switches with 2 buttons, e.g. the call & cancel switch/WC, order<br />

no.19 0708 50, are connected differently to all other room devices with the ca‐<br />

ble type ”c”, i.e. a standard telecommunications cable IY(ST)Y 4x2x0.8 mm.<br />

Each room device (apart from the room lamp) must be terminated with a<br />

120 kOhm resistor. Even when several room devices are connected to one<br />

defined secondary line, each of these devices must be terminated with a<br />

120 kOhm resistor. The resistor is already present in the devices. Refer to the<br />

product leaflet for the respective device for details of how to activate the termin‐<br />

ating resistor.<br />

Note! The maximum permissible cable length of each secondary line is 20 m<br />

in total. A maximum of 4 room devices may be connected to one defined secon‐<br />

dary line, i.e. at one input of a room terminal.<br />

a<br />

Secondary line<br />

Secondary line<br />

Secondary line<br />

Secondary line<br />

a<br />

77 0180 10<br />

4x2x0.8<br />

a<br />

19 0708 50<br />

19 0704 00 19 0704 00<br />

a a<br />

19 0708 00<br />

a<br />

19 0704 00<br />

19 0707 20x<br />

19 0704 00<br />

CONCENTO PLUS - <strong>Technical</strong> <strong>Manual</strong>, 11/12 (Rev. 3.0), 00 8814 14


9. Switching on the power supply<br />

Prerequisite: You have laid all cables and connected all devices apart from the<br />

power supply unit as per the enclosed product leaflets. Note: You can also find<br />

all product leaflets in the chapter ”Product leaflets” from Page 79.<br />

9.1 Checking the cable network<br />

You must check the cable network completely before switching on the system's<br />

supply voltage:<br />

Group bus (data line, speech line, power supply line)<br />

Ward bus (data line, speech line, power supply line)<br />

Secondary lines (data line, power supply line)<br />

9.2 Installing the power supply unit<br />

Before connecting the power supply unit, check the cables to the power supply<br />

unit to ensure that there are no short circuits and electric earth connections.<br />

Install the power supply unit as per the installation instructions enclosed with<br />

the power supply unit. You can also find all installation instructions in the<br />

chapter ”Product leaflets” from Page 79.<br />

9.3 Checking the power supply<br />

The operating voltage of the entire system is +24 V direct voltage. The system<br />

components are supplied with power supply units.<br />

Perform the tests described below:<br />

9.3.1 Test the power supply unit's output voltage<br />

Use a voltmeter to test the power supply unit's +24V output voltage.<br />

9.3.2 Test the +24V ring loop for continuity<br />

Disconnect one end of the ring loop from the power supply unit. Switch on the<br />

power supply unit and use a voltmeter to measure the voltage at the free wire<br />

ends. If there is no voltage present, the ring is not closed or a wire (+24V or<br />

GND) has been interrupted.<br />

CONCENTO PLUS - <strong>Technical</strong> <strong>Manual</strong>, 11/12 (Rev. 3.0), 00 8814 14<br />

67


9. Switching on the power supply<br />

68<br />

Power<br />

supply<br />

unit<br />

1. Ward bus user<br />

k<br />

k<br />

1. Ward bus user<br />

9.3.3 Supply voltage of the ward bus users<br />

In the ward being tested, activate 5 calls and 5 presences at the location with<br />

the greatest voltage drop with respect to the operating voltage, i.e. normally as<br />

far away as possible from the power supply unit.<br />

By measuring the voltage, determine the ward bus user (terminal, display mod‐<br />

ule, call/presence combination bus (RAB), Management Interface) at which the<br />

voltage is lowest. This point is the electric centre of the loop. At this point, the<br />

voltage difference to the first ward bus user (looking from the power supply unit)<br />

may not be greater than 4 V.<br />

If you measure a lower value, you must reduce the voltage drop by laying an<br />

additional cable from the power supply unit to this point (mid-feed) or - if present<br />

- double the GND wire.<br />

Power<br />

supply<br />

unit<br />

1. Ward bus user<br />

1. Ward bus user<br />

k<br />

k<br />

Electric<br />

centre<br />

Corridor displays are normally supplied with a separate power supply cable.<br />

CONCENTO PLUS - <strong>Technical</strong> <strong>Manual</strong>, 11/12 (Rev. 3.0), 00 8814 14


10. Configuring the nurse call system<br />

Before the nurse call system can be put into operation, it must be configured<br />

with the specific data of the respective project. Configuration is performed ex‐<br />

clusively centrally with the ConLog PLUS management software.<br />

All project-specific data must be available for the start of the configuration.<br />

The ConLog PLUS management software is also used for logging and evaluating<br />

all system events of the nurse call system.<br />

10.1 Installing PC with ConLog PLUS<br />

10.1.1 System requirements<br />

10.1.1.1 Operating systems that can be used<br />

Microsoft Windows 7 (64 Bit)<br />

Microsoft Windows 7 (32 Bit)<br />

Microsoft Windows XP with SP3<br />

10.1.1.2 Minimum hardware configuration<br />

CPU with 1 GHz<br />

4 GB RAM<br />

40 GB hard drive<br />

1 serial COM interface<br />

DVD drive<br />

17 inch monitor<br />

USB 2.0<br />

LAN<br />

10.1.1.3 For remote maintenance (see Page 72)<br />

ISDN FRITZ!Card<br />

Software pcAnywhere<br />

10.1.2 Installation<br />

Connect the PC with the ConLog PLUS management software to the<br />

Management Interface on the nurse call system's group bus. For the necessary<br />

information, refer to the product leaflet for the Management Interface, see the<br />

chapter ”product leaflets”.<br />

CONCENTO PLUS - <strong>Technical</strong> <strong>Manual</strong>, 11/12 (Rev. 3.0), 00 8814 14<br />

69


10. Configuring the nurse call system<br />

Remote<br />

maintenance<br />

(see Page 72)<br />

19 8000 10<br />

Telephone<br />

network<br />

70<br />

ISDN<br />

You can operate this installation as a stand-alone solution.<br />

However, ConLog PLUS is also network-capable, i.e. it can be operated in a<br />

server/client structure. The PC, which is connected directly at the Management<br />

Interface, is the server and contains the database with the project-specific data.<br />

At the same time, this is the first ConLog PLUS workstation. A maximum of 10<br />

further workstations can be installed as clients in the network. They access the<br />

server's database. The following software must be installed on the PCs:<br />

ConLogPLUS Management Interface Server, Order no. 19 0803 00<br />

ConLogPLUS Management Interface Client, Order no. 19 0803 05<br />

Server and clients must be organised in the same network.<br />

Server<br />

19 0803 00<br />

Management<br />

interface<br />

19 0800 15<br />

Length: 3 m<br />

Client 1<br />

19 0803 05<br />

Group bus of the nurse call system<br />

LAN / Ethernet<br />

Client 2<br />

19 0803 05<br />

Fig. 6: Workstations with ConLog PLUS management software<br />

Client 10<br />

19 0803 05<br />

CONCENTO PLUS - <strong>Technical</strong> <strong>Manual</strong>, 11/12 (Rev. 3.0), 00 8814 14


CONCENTO PLUS - <strong>Technical</strong> <strong>Manual</strong>, 11/12 (Rev. 3.0), 00 8814 14<br />

10. Configuring the nurse call system<br />

10.2 Configuration to be done with ConLog PLUS<br />

Fig. 7: ConLog PLUS Management Software<br />

Establishment of the logical structure of the nurse call system in wards,<br />

areas and shifts<br />

Entry of ward and room names<br />

Programming of the Management Interface, the Group Electronics and ter‐<br />

minals with the project-specific settings via the bus system via Management<br />

Interface<br />

Firmware updates of the Management Interface, the Group Electronics and<br />

terminals (note: currently not possible.)<br />

Management of the system interfaces for paging and telephoning<br />

Management of call forwarding to Telecare Control Centres<br />

Note! Use of the ConLog PLUS management software is described in the Online<br />

Help for the software.<br />

Note! A database containing the project-specific data is required for the config‐<br />

uration of a CONCENTO PLUS nurse call system. We create this database for<br />

you, on the basis of your specified data, order no. 19 0000 70. This order num‐<br />

ber is required for 10 rooms.<br />

71


10. Configuring the nurse call system<br />

10.3 Remote maintenance<br />

72<br />

It is highly recommended to set up access for remote maintenance of the<br />

CONCENTO PLUS nurse call system. This enables a system technician to re‐<br />

motely control the computer on which the ConLog PLUS management software<br />

is installed in order to diagnose faults, install updates or provide support during<br />

operation and configuration. Unauthorised third-party remote access is not<br />

possible.<br />

Remote maintenance module for ConLogPLUS , order no. 19 0800 10<br />

The remote maintenance module includes an ISDN FRITZ!Card as well as the<br />

Software pcAnywhere.<br />

10.3.1 Performance features<br />

Efficient troubleshooting on remote systems<br />

File transfer in the background<br />

Supports 13 different authentication methods including LDAP, ADS, NDS,<br />

Novell Bindery, NT domains and RSA SecurID<br />

Input prompt, task manager, services and Regedit can be started directly<br />

from the user interface.<br />

Fast remote connections thanks to compatibility with cable and DSL mo‐<br />

dems<br />

Reliable security functions protect against unauthorised access<br />

CONCENTO PLUS - <strong>Technical</strong> <strong>Manual</strong>, 11/12 (Rev. 3.0), 00 8814 14


CONCENTO PLUS - <strong>Technical</strong> <strong>Manual</strong>, 11/12 (Rev. 3.0), 00 8814 14<br />

11. Function check<br />

Note! If the nurse call system is to meet the requirements of German Standard<br />

DIN VDE 0834, all tests specified in this standard must be carried out. Please<br />

note that the tests specified in DIN VDE 0834 go beyond the tests described<br />

in this manual.<br />

73


11. Function check<br />

11.1 Checking that the nurse call system is free of<br />

faults<br />

11.1.1 Fault displays on equipment for the nursing staff<br />

74<br />

Faults are shown in the display (”Fault”, ”FLT” or ”FR”) of the following devices,<br />

along with the fault location:<br />

On corridor displays (scrolling) and alternately with calls and presences.<br />

On the terminal SD6 P (when presence is activated) when scrolling through<br />

the current messages or directly when there are no calls and presences.<br />

On the display module (when presence is activated), alternately with calls<br />

and presences.<br />

Here, the faults are displayed in the same way as calls, i.e. initially only in their<br />

own ward or, in the case of group coupling, in the coupled wards. If the fault is<br />

not remedied within the call overflow time, it is displayed in all wards in the build‐<br />

ing.<br />

11.1.1.1 ConLog PLUS Management Software<br />

All of the nurse call system's fault messages can be identified in the<br />

ConLog PLUS management software by looking at and evaluating the call docu‐<br />

mentation of the messages present.<br />

11.1.2 Fault messages on equipment for technicians<br />

11.1.2.1 Group Electronic<br />

Button 1<br />

Button 3<br />

Button 5<br />

Button 2<br />

Button 4<br />

Button 6<br />

Fault on group bus when LED in button 5 is permanently on or off.<br />

Fault on ward bus when LED in button 6 is permanently on or off. The output<br />

to the fault signal lamp also switches.<br />

Group Electronic faulty or is not completely programmed when LED in but‐<br />

ton 2 is on. The fault signal relay (potential-free) also switches.<br />

CONCENTO PLUS - <strong>Technical</strong> <strong>Manual</strong>, 11/12 (Rev. 3.0), 00 8814 14


CONCENTO PLUS - <strong>Technical</strong> <strong>Manual</strong>, 11/12 (Rev. 3.0), 00 8814 14<br />

11. Function check<br />

Input for fault signal contact of the power supply unit (24 V DC) leads to<br />

mains failure message in the nurse call system.<br />

11.1.2.2 Management Interface<br />

Fault signal relay (potential-free) for monitoring the ConLog service.<br />

Forwarding fault messages to particular destinations (telephone, DECT,<br />

pager, PNC/ WILMA)<br />

75


11. Function check<br />

11.2 Checking the light call function of each room<br />

11.2.1 Checking the room<br />

Press<br />

call button (red).<br />

76<br />

Activate<br />

presence 1<br />

(green) on the<br />

room terminal.<br />

Deactivate<br />

presence 1<br />

(green) on the<br />

room terminal.<br />

Perform the following test for all call devices in the room:<br />

Start<br />

yes<br />

LED of<br />

call button (red) is<br />

on with a weak<br />

light.<br />

no<br />

LED of call button<br />

(red) is on with a<br />

bright light.<br />

LED of call button<br />

(red) is on with a<br />

weak light.<br />

LED in the<br />

presence button<br />

(green) is on.<br />

LED in the<br />

presence button<br />

(green) turns off.<br />

Remedy fault.<br />

Room lamp:<br />

Red is on.<br />

Room lamp:<br />

Red is off.<br />

Green is on.<br />

Room lamp:<br />

LEDs turn off.<br />

CONCENTO PLUS - <strong>Technical</strong> <strong>Manual</strong>, 11/12 (Rev. 3.0), 00 8814 14


11.2.1.1 Checking function from WCs en suite to room<br />

Press<br />

WC call button<br />

(red).<br />

Press<br />

WC cancel button<br />

(grey).<br />

CONCENTO PLUS - <strong>Technical</strong> <strong>Manual</strong>, 11/12 (Rev. 3.0), 00 8814 14<br />

11. Function check<br />

Perform the following test for all call devices in the WC en suite to room:<br />

LED of WC call<br />

button (red) is on<br />

with a bright light.<br />

LED of WC call<br />

button (red) is on<br />

with a weak light.<br />

Start<br />

yes<br />

LED of<br />

WC call button<br />

(red) is on with a<br />

weak light.<br />

no<br />

LED of<br />

WC cancel button<br />

(grey) is on.<br />

LED of<br />

WC cancel button<br />

(grey) turns off.<br />

Remedy fault.<br />

Room lamp:<br />

Red is on.<br />

White is on.<br />

Room lamp:<br />

LEDs turn off.<br />

77


11. Function check<br />

78<br />

CONCENTO PLUS - <strong>Technical</strong> <strong>Manual</strong>, 11/12 (Rev. 3.0), 00 8814 14


CONCENTO PLUS - <strong>Technical</strong> <strong>Manual</strong>, 11/12 (Rev. 3.0), 00 8814 14<br />

12. Product leaflets<br />

Each device comes with a product leaflet describing how to install and connect<br />

this device. You will also find the product leaflets on the following pages of this<br />

<strong>Technical</strong> <strong>Manual</strong>.<br />

Warning! Do not install the power supply unit until the other installation work has<br />

been completed. Work with the equipment de-energized. Otherwise a short circuit<br />

can occur!<br />

Room terminals .......................... 81<br />

19 0700 20 Terminal SD6 P .................................. 82<br />

19 0700 40 Terminal S4 P ................................... 87<br />

19 0700 70 Terminal S4 B ................................... 87<br />

19 0700 80 Display module .................................. 90<br />

19 0701 00 Call/presence combination bus (RAB) ............... 94<br />

Room lamps, corridor displays ............ 96<br />

77 0180 10 Room lamp universal, 3 sections ................... 97<br />

77 0181 10 Room lamp universal, 3 sections, with doorplate ...... 99<br />

19 0781 08 Corridor display, 8-digit ............................ 100<br />

19 0781 16 Corridor display, 16-digit ........................... 100<br />

19 0782 08 Corridor display, 8-digit ............................ 102<br />

19 0782 16 Corridor display, 16-digit ........................... 102<br />

Switches ................................ 104<br />

19 0707 20x Pull cord switch .................................. 105<br />

19 0708 00 Call switch ...................................... 107<br />

19 0708 50 Call & cancel switch/WC ........................... 109<br />

19 0709 00 Cancel switch /WC ............................... 111<br />

19 0707 50x Pneumatic switch ................................. 113<br />

Call switches with connection socket ...... 115<br />

19 0704 00 Call switch with connection socket .................. 116<br />

19 0704 20 Call switch with 2 connection sockets ............... 119<br />

System control .......................... 122<br />

19 0700 10 Group Electronic (GE) ............................. 123<br />

<strong>Technical</strong> <strong>Manual</strong> Page 79


12. Product leaflets<br />

19 0700 00 Management Interface ............................ 127<br />

Power supply units ....................... 133<br />

77 3400 00 Power supply unit UPS ............................ 134<br />

77 3401 00 Power supply unit ................................ 141<br />

77 3400 10 Power supply unit UPS 60 ......................... 144<br />

77 3450 00 Battery set for UPS 60 ............................ 150<br />

<strong>Technical</strong> <strong>Manual</strong> Page 80<br />

CONCENTO PLUS - <strong>Technical</strong> <strong>Manual</strong>, 11/12 (Rev. 3.0), 00 8814 14


12.1 Room terminals<br />

19 0700 20 Terminal SD6 P<br />

19 0700 40 Terminal S4 P<br />

19 0700 70 Terminal S4 B<br />

19 0700 80 Display module<br />

19 0701 00 Call/presence combination bus (RAB)<br />

CONCENTO PLUS - <strong>Technical</strong> <strong>Manual</strong>, 11/12 (Rev. 3.0), 00 8814 14<br />

<strong>Technical</strong> <strong>Manual</strong> Page 81<br />

12. Product leaflets


<strong>Tunstall</strong> <strong>GmbH</strong>, Orkotten 66, 48291 Telgte, www.tunstall.de<br />

Terminal SD6 P, order no. 19 0700 20<br />

Room terminal for the CONCENTO PLUS system, incorporating<br />

duplex speech facility with display and buttons for activation and<br />

deactivation of presence, raising calls, answering calls and uni‐<br />

versal button. The room terminal controls and monitors all room<br />

functions.<br />

It is possible to install the terminal in an existing nurse call sys‐<br />

tem of the type ”Concento” if the terminal is connected to a ward<br />

bus that is controlled by a group electronic, order no. 19 0700 10<br />

or 10 0700 10, and the ConLogII or ConLog PLUS software is used<br />

in the system.<br />

Dimensions incl. mounting plate (HxWxD): 190 x 102 x 50 mm<br />

Weight: approx. 330 g<br />

Standby current consumption: approx. 90 mA at 24 V DC<br />

The mounting kit, order no. 19 0700 90, i.e. the mounting plate<br />

with three connectors, must be ordered separately.<br />

A pull cord, order no. 19 1421 10, can be connected at the input<br />

R7 of the terminal.<br />

Note: The complete installation of the system is<br />

described in the <strong>Technical</strong> <strong>Manual</strong>.<br />

Caution! Electrostatic sensitive components<br />

The printed circuit boards in the terminal contain<br />

components at risk from electrostatic charges.<br />

Therefore, avoid touching them.<br />

Installation in an existing Concento system<br />

If you connect the terminal to an existing Concento system ins‐<br />

tead of a CONCENTOPLUS system, you must adapt the position<br />

of the DIP switches behind the cover 2 on the side.<br />

1. Lever off the cover 2 on the side of the Terminal 1 with a<br />

screwdriver and then remove it<br />

2. Set the DIP switches according to the connected group<br />

electronic (GE):<br />

DIP switch<br />

1<br />

2<br />

3<br />

4<br />

ON<br />

ON<br />

ON<br />

ON<br />

3. Replace the cover 2 and press it on until it engages.<br />

Mounting<br />

GE = 19 0700 10<br />

Sliding switch<br />

in position:<br />

CONCENTO PLUS<br />

Factory setting<br />

GE = 19 0700 10<br />

Sliding switch<br />

in position:<br />

Concento<br />

1<br />

2<br />

3<br />

4<br />

OFF<br />

OFF<br />

OFF<br />

ON<br />

GE = 10 0700 10<br />

OFF<br />

OFF<br />

OFF<br />

ON<br />

Wall mounting in the room's entrance area.<br />

1. Strip the connecting cable to a suitable length. Remove the<br />

cable shield and the ground wire up to the cable sheath.<br />

2. Connect the wires as per Fig. D to the three connectors of the<br />

mounting kit.<br />

3. Route the three connected connectors through the opening of<br />

the mounting plate 5.<br />

4. Securely screw the mounting plate 5 to the back box 6 with<br />

the four screws 4 of the back box.<br />

5. Set the DIP switch next to the connection field 8 on the rear of<br />

the terminal as per Fig. D.<br />

6. Plug the three wired connectors onto the connection field 8 on<br />

the back of the terminal, see Fig. A.<br />

7. Attach the Terminal 1 to the mounting plate 5 so that the four<br />

protruding screws 3 are inserted into the ”keyholes” of the<br />

mounting plate 5.<br />

8. Slide down the Terminal 1 until it clicks into place.<br />

00 8814 18, 10/12 (Rev. 2.0) 1<br />

<strong>Technical</strong> <strong>Manual</strong> Page 82<br />

1<br />

2<br />

3<br />

4<br />

Front side<br />

2<br />

1 1<br />

3<br />

3<br />

Rear side<br />

1 Terminal SD6 P<br />

2 Cover on side of terminal<br />

3 Four protruding screws<br />

4* Four screws of the back box<br />

5* Mounting plate<br />

6* Back box<br />

7* Mounting plate latch<br />

8 Connection field<br />

* Not included with product delivery.<br />

1<br />

1<br />

2<br />

2<br />

3<br />

3<br />

3<br />

3<br />

4<br />

4<br />

7<br />

3<br />

8<br />

3<br />

1<br />

DIP switch 1 - 4<br />

4<br />

4<br />

5<br />

6


Terminal SD6 P, order no. 19 0700 20<br />

Connect the connecting cable and set the DIP switches<br />

Note! There is no bridge between 1 and 2<br />

(GND) and no bridge between 3 and 4<br />

(+24V) in the connector. The bridges are on<br />

the printed circuit board.<br />

R6 = Door alarm<br />

R5 = Fire<br />

R4 = WC cancel button<br />

R7 = Door alarm<br />

Ward bus (data)<br />

Ward bus (speech)<br />

+24 V<br />

RD<br />

IA<br />

WH(YE)<br />

R6<br />

IB<br />

YE<br />

Legend:<br />

1 ) GND = Connection to Point 1 or 2 of the 4-pole connector,<br />

or Point 1 of the 10-pole connector<br />

2 ) Colour WA = WH. Only for Call & cancel switch only = WH(GN).<br />

3 ) Switching power per output: 100 mA at 24 V DC.<br />

00 8814 18, 10/12 (Rev. 2.0) 2<br />

<strong>Technical</strong> <strong>Manual</strong> Page 83<br />

+24 V<br />

ISA<br />

WH(GN)<br />

R5<br />

ISB<br />

GN<br />

BU<br />

GND<br />

+24 V<br />

ISC<br />

WH(BN)<br />

GND<br />

R4<br />

ISD<br />

BN<br />

BN<br />

+24 V<br />

+24 V<br />

AW<br />

WL<br />

RL<br />

GND<br />

10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1<br />

YE<br />

R3<br />

WH<br />

+24 V<br />

1 2 3 4<br />

Room lamp 3 )<br />

Power supply<br />

+24 V<br />

RD<br />

4-pole connector<br />

Max. wire cross section: 2.5 mm 2<br />

R2<br />

BK or BU<br />

+24 V<br />

R1<br />

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12<br />

WH<br />

BK or BU GND 1 )<br />

BK or BU GND 1 )<br />

BK or BU GND 1 )<br />

Inputs<br />

A maximum of 4 monitored devices can be connected at each<br />

input.<br />

All inputs are configurable. For restrictions when installing in an<br />

existing Concento system, see the ”Configuring inputs” chapter.<br />

The factory setting is shown in Fig. D and E.<br />

The following parameters can be configured:<br />

- Call type<br />

- NC/NO contact<br />

- Static call (trigger pulse) / dynamic call (trigger duration)<br />

RD<br />

WH<br />

RD<br />

WH 2 )<br />

RD<br />

WH<br />

YE<br />

RD<br />

YE<br />

WH<br />

RD<br />

WH<br />

GND 1 )<br />

GND 1 )<br />

GND 1 )<br />

ON<br />

OFF<br />

BK or BU<br />

BK or BU<br />

12-pole connector<br />

BK or BU<br />

R1 = Call button Bed 1<br />

R2 = Call button Bed 2<br />

R3 = WC call button<br />

10-pole connector<br />

DIP switch<br />

ON: Terminal is the first or last bus<br />

user on the ward bus<br />

(= bus termination)<br />

OFF: Terminal is neither the first nor<br />

last bus user on the ward bus<br />

One wire<br />

Four wires<br />

Factory setting of the inputs<br />

Inp. Call type NC or NO<br />

contact<br />

Output<br />

Input<br />

Static or<br />

dynamic call<br />

R1 Bed 1<br />

NO contact Static call<br />

R2 Bed 2<br />

NO contact Static call<br />

R3 WC call<br />

NO contact Static call<br />

R4 WC cancel button NO contact Static call<br />

R5 Fire<br />

NO contact Dynamic call<br />

R6 Door alarm NO contact Static call<br />

R7 Door alarm NO contact Static call


<strong>Tunstall</strong> <strong>GmbH</strong>, Orkotten 66, 48291 Telgte, www.tunstall.de<br />

Terminal SD6 P, order no. 19 0700 20<br />

Putting a terminal into operation<br />

If you have carried out all the aforementioned installation work<br />

and the ward bus is in operation with the physically associated<br />

group electronic, put the terminal into operation:<br />

1. Switch on the power supply.<br />

The display briefly shows the terminal's device ID.<br />

The device ID is a 7-digit number that can also be found on<br />

the device label, e.g. 0020000.<br />

The display briefly shows ”Adr 9999, ”PGR 00” and then<br />

”Room Type Room”.<br />

The display then continuously shows: ”WAIT FOR CONFIG”<br />

('waiting for configuration'). The LEDs in the middle two<br />

buttons are on. See Fig. F.<br />

2. Program the terminal via the bus system with the ConLog<br />

software. For details, refer to the documentation of the<br />

ConLog software.<br />

When the terminal is fully programmed, the LEDs in the two<br />

middle buttons go out. The display changes to the operating<br />

display.<br />

The terminal is in operation. For details of operating the<br />

terminal, refer to the nurse call system's operating<br />

instructions.<br />

Service menu<br />

Starting the service menu<br />

Keep the buttons 3 and 4 simultaneously pressed for 10 sec.<br />

The software revision of the terminal (SW-Rev.) is displayed.<br />

The service menu is active.<br />

Scrolling through the service menu<br />

Press the button 2 to scroll forwards in the menu.<br />

Press the button 1 to scroll backwards in the menu.<br />

Displaying password-protected menu points<br />

Menu points that are used for system configuration are pass‐<br />

word-protected. This is how to display password-protected menu<br />

points:<br />

1. In the service menu, scroll to the ”System Config” menu point<br />

as described above.<br />

2. Press the button 4 to select the menu point<br />

”Password” appears.<br />

3. Press the following buttons in turn as the password:<br />

1- 3 - 4 - 6.<br />

4. Press the button 4.<br />

The software version of the terminal is displayed. The<br />

password-protected menu points are accessible.<br />

Saving changes and exiting the service menu<br />

Keep the buttons 3 and 4 simultaneously pressed for 3 sec.<br />

The changes are saved. The service menu is no longer<br />

active. The display shows the normal operating display.<br />

Timeout for the service menu! If no button is pressed for longer<br />

than 1 minute, the menu is ended automatically without saving<br />

the changes.<br />

00 8814 18, 10/12 (Rev. 2.0) 3<br />

<strong>Technical</strong> <strong>Manual</strong> Page 84<br />

Display before programming:<br />

LEDs are on until the terminal is fully<br />

programmed and in operation<br />

Button 1<br />

Button 3<br />

Button 5<br />

Display in normal operation:<br />

If there is no message<br />

(call, presence, fault):<br />

Timezone<br />

Time<br />

Button 2<br />

Button 4<br />

Button 6


Terminal SD6 P, order no. 19 0700 20<br />

Changing the display language of the terminal<br />

1. In the service menu, scroll to the menu point ”Language” (see<br />

Page 3).<br />

2. Press the button 4.<br />

3. Press button 1 as often as necessary until the desired<br />

language appears.<br />

4. Press the button 2 in order to accept your setting.<br />

The set language is accepted. Note: The setting is not saved<br />

until the service menu is ended (see Page 3).<br />

Button 1<br />

Button 3<br />

Button 5<br />

00 8814 18, 10/12 (Rev. 2.0) 4<br />

<strong>Technical</strong> <strong>Manual</strong> Page 85<br />

Button 2<br />

Button 4<br />

Button 6<br />

Registering room devices (absolutely essential)<br />

So that the room devices connected to the terminal are monitored for faults, they must first be registered by the termi‐<br />

nal.<br />

Prerequisite: Terminating resistors active<br />

The 120 kOhm terminating resistor must be active on all room devices connected to the terminal. If several devices<br />

(max. 4 per input) are connected, the terminating resistor must be active on each of these devices. Refer to the in‐<br />

stallation instructions for the device for how to activate the terminating resistor.<br />

How to register the room devices<br />

1. In the service menu, scroll to the menu point ”Register Inputs” (see Page 3).<br />

2. Press the button 4.<br />

The terminal registers all operational room devices with a terminating resistor. The display shows the number of<br />

registered devices.<br />

Setting the room type (absolutely essential)<br />

The following room types can be set:<br />

- Room = Patient's / resident's room (factory setting).<br />

- Staff = Function same as ”Room” plus possibility of making announcements. No passive alarm function.<br />

- StaffHAB = Staff room + main console = Function same as ”Staff” plus possibility of switching timezones.<br />

Attention! The room type ”StaffHAB” can only be used in nurse call systems with manual coupling<br />

(setting in ConLog). Only one terminal SD6 P may be set to this room type per nurse call system.<br />

1. Displaying the password-protected menu points (see Page 3).<br />

2. Scroll to ”Room type” with button 1 or 2.<br />

3. Press the button 4.<br />

4. Press button 1 as often as necessary until the desired room type appears.<br />

5. Press the button 2 in order to accept your setting.<br />

The setting is accepted. Note: The setting is not saved until the service menu is ended (see Page 3).<br />

Changing function of universal button (optional function)<br />

In the factory setting, the universal button (button 5) is configured as the WC cancel button. However, you can set for<br />

the universal button (button 5) any desired call type stored in the ConLog software, e.g.”Service call” (= call type 17).<br />

1. Displaying the password-protected menu points of the service menu (see Page 3).<br />

2. Scroll to ”Config C Switch” with button 1 or 2.<br />

3. Press the button 4.<br />

4. Press button 1 as often as necessary until the desired tens digit appears (e.g. 17 in the case of Service call).<br />

5. Press the button 2 to change to the units digit.<br />

6. Press button 1 as often as necessary until the desired units digit appears (e.g. 17 in the case of Service call).<br />

7. Press the button 2 in order to accept your setting.<br />

The set room type is accepted. Note: The setting is not saved until the service<br />

menu is ended (see Page 3).


Terminal SD6 P, order no. 19 0700 20<br />

Configuring inputs (optional function)<br />

In the factory setting the terminal inputs are configured as shown<br />

in Fig. E. For each input*) you can set another call type, NO or<br />

NC contact as well as static call (trigger pulse) or dynamic call<br />

(trigger duration).<br />

1. Displaying the password-protected menu points of the service<br />

menu (see Page 3).<br />

2. Scroll to ”Rx Conf” with button 1 or 2 (x = input number).<br />

3. Press the button 4.<br />

4. Press button 1 as often as necessary until the desired value<br />

appears: NO contact = 0, NC contact = 1<br />

5. Press the button 2 to change to the next digit.<br />

6. Press button 1 as often as necessary until the desired tens<br />

digit for the call type appears (e.g. 13 for room call).<br />

7. Press the button 2 to change to the next digit.<br />

8. Press button 1 as often as necessary until the desired units<br />

digit for the call type appears (z.B. 13 for room call).<br />

9. Press the button 2 to change to the next digit.<br />

10.Press button 1 as often as necessary until the desired value<br />

appears: Static call = S, Dynamic call = D<br />

11. Press the button 2 in order to accept your setting.<br />

The set room type is accepted. Note: The setting is not saved<br />

until the service menu is ended (see Page 3).<br />

*) Exception: Installation in an existing Concento system<br />

If the DIP switches 1, 2, and 3 behind the cover on the side of the<br />

terminal are set to position OFF (see Fig. B) only the settings for<br />

input R5 and input R6 can be changed. Furthermore the inputs<br />

R7 and R6 are connected, i.e. the setting for R6 also appllies to<br />

R7. If a pullcord is connected to R7, R6 has to be set to the ap‐<br />

propiate call type.<br />

00 8814 18, 10/12 (Rev. 2.0) 5<br />

<strong>Technical</strong> <strong>Manual</strong> Page 86<br />

Configuring an input<br />

0 = NO contact<br />

1 = NC contact<br />

R1-Konf<br />

1 13 S<br />

Extract from the ConLog<br />

call type table<br />

Nr.<br />

01<br />

09<br />

13<br />

31<br />

32<br />

34<br />

38<br />

Terminal's input<br />

Call type from the<br />

ConLog call type list<br />

Callart<br />

Alarm call<br />

WC Cancel<br />

Room Call<br />

Diagnostic<br />

Telephone call<br />

Intruder<br />

External alarm<br />

S = Static call<br />

D = Dynamic call<br />

Test Lamp<br />

To check whether the room lamp and all switches are connected,<br />

perform the following test:<br />

1. In the service menu, scroll to the menu point ”Test Lamp”<br />

(see Page 3).<br />

Temporary settings (optional function)<br />

The following menu points of the service menu can<br />

be only temporarily set on the terminal, as they are<br />

overwritten by the ConLog software during the next<br />

update:<br />

2. Press the button 4 to start the test.<br />

The light sections of the room lamp and the LEDs of all<br />

switches flash simultaneously 15 times at 1-second intervals.<br />

Note: Call switches with connection socket(s) and pear push<br />

switches are not covered by this test.<br />

-<br />

-<br />

-<br />

-<br />

Passive Alarm: Switch function on/off<br />

Timeout NAB (answering): „1–10 Min.“<br />

Call Overflow: „1–5 Min.“ or Call Overflow „Off“<br />

Fresh Call: „1–30 Min.“<br />

- Call tone volume: „1–4“ or Call tone „Off“<br />

Dismantling<br />

1. With the thumb of one hand, push the latch 7 on the<br />

underside of the terminal 1 towards the wall so that the lock is<br />

released.<br />

Underside<br />

2. At the same time and with the other hand, slide up the<br />

terminal 1 approximately 1 cm and then remove it from the<br />

1<br />

mounting plate.<br />

3. Unplug the connectors from connection field 8 on the rear of<br />

the terminal 1, see Fig. A.<br />

5<br />

7


<strong>Tunstall</strong> <strong>GmbH</strong>, Orkotten 66, 48291 Telgte, www.tunstall.de<br />

Terminal S4 P, order no. 19 0700 40 / Terminal S4 B, order no. 19 0700 70<br />

Terminal S4 P, order no. 19 0700 40<br />

Room terminal for the CONCENTO PLUS system, incorporating<br />

duplex speech facility system, with buttons for activating/deac‐<br />

tivating of presence, raising calls and answering calls.<br />

Terminal S4 B, order no. 19 0700 70<br />

Room terminal for the CONCENTOPLUS system, incorporating<br />

duplex speech facility system, with buttons for activating/deac‐<br />

tivating of presence, raising calls, residents' daily notification and<br />

residents' notification of absence as well as call answering.<br />

<strong>Technical</strong> data<br />

Dimensions incl. mounting plate (HxWxD): 190 x 102 x 50 mm<br />

Weight: approx. 305 g<br />

Standby current consumption: approx. 80 mA at 24 V DC<br />

The mounting kit, order no. 19 0700 90, i.e. the mounting plate<br />

with three connectors, must be ordered separately<br />

A pull cord, order no. 19 1421 10, can be connected to the input<br />

R7 of the terminal.<br />

It is possible to install the terminals in an existing nurse call sys‐<br />

tem of the type ”Concento” if the terminal is connected to a ward<br />

bus that is controlled by a group electronic, order no. 19 0700 10<br />

or 10 0700 10, and the ConLogII or ConLogPLUS 8<br />

2<br />

1 1 1<br />

3 3<br />

Terminal S4 P Terminal S4 B Rear of the<br />

terminals<br />

1 Terminal<br />

2 Covers on side of terminal<br />

software is used<br />

in the system. In this context, refer to the instructions on Page 3.<br />

3 Four protruding screws<br />

4* Four screws of the back box<br />

5* Mounting plate<br />

6* Back box<br />

7* Mounting plate latch<br />

8 Connection field<br />

* Not included with product delivery.<br />

Note: The complete installation of the system is<br />

described in the <strong>Technical</strong> <strong>Manual</strong>.<br />

Caution! Electrostatic sensitive components<br />

The printed circuit boards in the terminal contain<br />

components at risk from electrostatic charges.<br />

Therefore, avoid touching them.<br />

Mounting<br />

Wall mounting in the room's entrance area.<br />

1. Strip the connecting cable to a suitable length. Remove the<br />

cable shield and the ground wire up to the cable sheath.<br />

2. Connect the wires as per Fig. D to the three connectors of the<br />

mounting kit.<br />

3. Route the three connected connectors through the opening of<br />

the mounting plate 5.<br />

4. Securely screw the mounting plate 5 to the back box 6 with<br />

the four screws 4 of the back box.<br />

5. Set the DIP switch next to the connection field 8 on the rear of<br />

the terminal as per Fig. D.<br />

6. Plug the three wired connectors onto the connection field 8 on<br />

the back of the terminal, see Fig. A.<br />

7. Attach the Terminal 1 to the mounting plate 5so that the four<br />

protruding screws 3 are inserted into the 'keyholes' of the<br />

mounting plate 5.<br />

8. Slide down the Terminal 1 until it clicks into place.<br />

Dismantling<br />

1. With the thumb of one hand, push the latch 7 on the<br />

underside of the terminal 1 towards the wall so that the lock is<br />

released.<br />

2. At the same time and with the other hand, slide up the<br />

terminal 1 approximately 1 cm and then remove it from the<br />

mounting plate.<br />

3. Unplug the connectors from connection field 8 on the rear of<br />

the terminal 1, see Fig. A.<br />

00 8814 19, 10/12 (Rev. 2.0) 1<br />

<strong>Technical</strong> <strong>Manual</strong> Page 87<br />

1<br />

1<br />

5<br />

2<br />

3<br />

3<br />

3<br />

3<br />

4<br />

4<br />

7<br />

4<br />

4<br />

5<br />

Underside<br />

3<br />

6<br />

3<br />

7


Terminal S4 P, order no. 19 0700 40 / Terminal S4 B, order no. 19 0700 70<br />

Connect the connecting cable and set the DIP switches<br />

Note! There is no bridge between 1 and 2<br />

(GND) and no bridge between 3 and 4<br />

(+24V) in the connector. The bridges are<br />

on the printed circuit board<br />

R6 = Door alarm<br />

R5 = Fire<br />

R4 = WC cancel button<br />

R7 = Door alarm<br />

Ward bus (data)<br />

Ward bus (speech)<br />

+24 V<br />

RD<br />

IA<br />

WH(YE)<br />

Legend:<br />

1 ) GND = Connection to Point 1 or 2 of the 4-pole connector, or Point 1 of the<br />

10-pole connector<br />

2 ) Colour WA = WH. Only for Call & cancel switch only = WH(GN).<br />

3 ) Switching power per output: 100 mA at 24 V DC<br />

R6<br />

IB<br />

YE<br />

00 8814 19, 10/12 (Rev. 2.0) 2<br />

<strong>Technical</strong> <strong>Manual</strong> Page 88<br />

+24 V<br />

ISA<br />

WH(GN)<br />

R5<br />

ISB<br />

GN<br />

BU<br />

GND<br />

+24 V<br />

ISC<br />

WH(BN)<br />

GND<br />

R4<br />

ISD<br />

BN<br />

BN<br />

+24 V<br />

+24 V<br />

AW<br />

WL<br />

RL<br />

GND<br />

10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1<br />

YE<br />

R3<br />

WH<br />

+24 V<br />

1 2 3 4<br />

Zimmerleuchte 3 )<br />

Power supply<br />

+24 V<br />

RD<br />

4-pole connector<br />

Max. wire cross section: 2.5 mm 2<br />

R2<br />

BK or BU<br />

+24 V<br />

R1<br />

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12<br />

WH<br />

BK or BU GND 1 )<br />

BK or BU GND 1 )<br />

BK or BU GND 1 )<br />

Inputs<br />

A maximum of 4 monitored devices can be connected at each<br />

input. All inputs are configurable with a service module. For ex‐<br />

ceptions see the chapter ”Installation in an existing Concento<br />

system” on Page 3. The inputs R5 and R6 can be configured<br />

with the ConLog software. The factory setting is shown in Fig. D<br />

and E.<br />

The following parameters can be configured:<br />

- Call type<br />

- NC/NO contact<br />

- Static call (trigger pulse) / dynamic call (trigger duration)<br />

RD<br />

WH<br />

RD<br />

WH 2 )<br />

RD<br />

WH<br />

YE<br />

RD<br />

YE<br />

WH<br />

RD<br />

WH<br />

GND 1 )<br />

GND 1 )<br />

GND 1 )<br />

ON<br />

OFF<br />

12-pole connector<br />

BK or BU<br />

BK or BU<br />

BK or BU<br />

R1 = Call button Bed 1<br />

R2 = Call button Bed 2<br />

R3 = WC call button<br />

10-pole connector<br />

DIP switch<br />

ON: Terminal is the first or last bus<br />

user on the ward bus<br />

(= bus termination)<br />

OFF: Terminal is neither the first nor<br />

last bus user on the ward bus<br />

One wire<br />

Four wires<br />

Factory setting of the inputs<br />

Inp. Call type NC or NO<br />

contact<br />

Output<br />

Input<br />

Static or<br />

dynamic call<br />

R1 Bed 1<br />

NO contact Static call<br />

R2 Bed 2<br />

NO contact Static call<br />

R3 WC call<br />

NO contact Static call<br />

R4 WC cancel button NO contact Static call<br />

R5 Fire<br />

NO contact Dynamic call<br />

R6 Dooralarm NO contact Static call<br />

R7 Dooralarm NO contact Static call


<strong>Tunstall</strong> <strong>GmbH</strong>, Orkotten 66, 48291 Telgte, www.tunstall.de<br />

Terminal S4 P, order no. 19 0700 40 / Terminal S4 B, order no. 19 0700 70<br />

Putting a terminal into operation<br />

If you have carried out all the aforementioned installation work and the ward bus is in operation with the physically as‐<br />

sociated group electronic, put the terminal into operation:<br />

1. Switch on the power supply.<br />

The LEDs of the two grey buttons are on.<br />

2. Program the terminal via the bus system with the ConLog software. For details, refer to the documentation of the<br />

ConLog software.<br />

When the terminal is fully programmed, the LEDs in the two grey buttons go out.<br />

The terminal is in operation. For details of operating the terminal, refer to the nurse call system's operating<br />

instructions.<br />

Registering room devices<br />

So that the room devices connected to the terminal are monitored for faults, they must first be registered by the termi<br />

nal.<br />

Prerequisite: Terminating resistors active<br />

The 120 kOhm terminating resistor must be active on all room devices connected to the terminal. If several devices<br />

(max. 4 per input) are connected, the terminating resistor must be active on each of these devices. Refer to the in‐<br />

stallation instructions for the device for how to activate the terminating resistor.<br />

How to register the room devices and perform two simultaneous tests:<br />

Keep the two grey buttons on the terminal pressed for 10 seconds and then release them.<br />

The terminal registers all operational room devices with a terminating resistor. Three short confirmation tones<br />

sound.<br />

The LEDs of all functional terminal buttons flash 5 times at 1-second intervals.<br />

The light sections of the room lamp and the LEDsof all connected switches flash simultaneously 15 times at<br />

1-second intervals.<br />

Note: The LEDs of the call switches with connection socket(s) and the LEDs of the pear push switches do not flash in<br />

this test.<br />

Installation in an existing Concento system<br />

If you connect the terminal to an existing Concento system ins‐<br />

tead of a CONCENTOPLUS system, you must adapt the position<br />

of the DIP switches behind the cover 2 on the side.<br />

1. Lever off the cover 2 on the side of the Terminal 1 with a<br />

screwdriver and then remove it.<br />

2. Set the DIP switches 1 - 4 according to the connected group<br />

electronic (GE), as per Fig. B.<br />

3. Replace the cover 2 and press it on until it engages.<br />

Note: Configurability of the inputs<br />

When the DIP switches 1, 2 and 3 are inthe OFF position, not all<br />

inputs are configurable. Only the configuration of inputs R5 and<br />

R6 can be changed. Furthermore the inputs R7 and R6 are<br />

connected, i.e. the R6 setting also applies to R7. If a pull cord is<br />

connected to R7, then R6 must be set to the desired call type.<br />

00 8814 19, 10/12 (Rev. 2.0) 3<br />

<strong>Technical</strong> <strong>Manual</strong> Page 89<br />

DIP switch<br />

1<br />

1<br />

2<br />

3<br />

4<br />

ON<br />

ON<br />

ON<br />

ON<br />

2<br />

GE = 19 0700 10<br />

Sliding switch<br />

in position:<br />

CONCENTO PLUS<br />

Factory setting<br />

GE = 19 0700 10<br />

Sliding switch<br />

in position:<br />

Concento<br />

1<br />

2<br />

3<br />

4<br />

OFF<br />

OFF<br />

OFF<br />

ON<br />

1<br />

DIP switch 1 – 4<br />

GE = 10 0700 10<br />

1<br />

2<br />

3<br />

4<br />

OFF<br />

OFF<br />

OFF<br />

ON


<strong>Tunstall</strong> <strong>GmbH</strong>, Orkotten 66, D-48291 Telgte, www.tunstall.de<br />

Display module, order no. 19 0700 80<br />

Module for nurse call systems CONCENTO PLUS type for use by<br />

staff including a green presence button and a red call button as<br />

well as a display and a buzzer for displaying forwarded calls. The<br />

display module controls all room functions according to the Ger‐<br />

man standard DIN VDE 0834.<br />

It is possible to use the display module in an existing nurse call<br />

system „Concento“ type, if it is connected to a ward bus with a<br />

group electronic only of order no.10 0700 10.<br />

A 4-pole and a 12-pole connector are included with delivery.<br />

Dimensions (HxWxD): 102 x 100 x 29 mm<br />

Weight: approx. 180 g<br />

Standby current consumption: approx. 10 mA at 24 V DC<br />

Note! The complete installation of the system is<br />

described in the <strong>Technical</strong> <strong>Manual</strong>.<br />

Caution! Electrostatic sensitive components<br />

The printed circuit board within the display module<br />

includes electro static sensitive components. Therefore<br />

avoid touching.<br />

Mounting<br />

Wall mounting on a one gang back box.<br />

1. Strip the connection cables to the appropriate length. Remove<br />

the cable shield and ground wire up to the cable sheath.<br />

2. Unplug the connectors from the printed circuit board.<br />

3. Attach the wires according to Fig. E to both connectors.<br />

4. Release the fixing screw 2 on the bottom of the display<br />

module 1.<br />

5. Unlink the mounting frame 4 from the display module 1, by<br />

reaching into the mounting frame 4 and levering off the<br />

mounting frame.<br />

6. Set the three DIP switches 8 (see Fig. A) on the rear side of<br />

the display module according to Fig. E.<br />

7. Route both wired connectors through the opening of the<br />

mounting frame 4.<br />

8. Fix the mounting frame 4 with the back box screws 3 to the<br />

back box 5.<br />

9. Plug both wired connectors to the connection field 7.<br />

10.Grip the display module at the level of the buttons and lever it<br />

off from the wall<br />

11. While holding the display module 1 at the level of the buttons<br />

hinge it into the mounting frame and press it down until it lies<br />

flat on the mounting frame, see Fig. C.<br />

12.Fix the fixing screw 2 in the hole at the bottom of the display<br />

module 1.<br />

Dismantling<br />

1. Release the fixing screw 2 on the bottom of the display<br />

module 1.<br />

2. With one hand hold the display module at the level of the<br />

buttons and lever it from the wall, see Fig. D.<br />

3. Unplug both connectors from the rear side of the display<br />

module 1.<br />

4. Release the back box screws 3 and remove the mounting<br />

frame 4 from the back box 5.<br />

00 8814 02, 10/12 (Rev. 4.0) 1<br />

<strong>Technical</strong> <strong>Manual</strong> Page 90<br />

1 front view 1 rear view<br />

(without mounting frame)<br />

1 Display module<br />

2 Fixing screw<br />

3* Back box screws<br />

4 Mounting frame<br />

5* Back box, 1-gang<br />

7 Connection field<br />

8 DIP switches<br />

* Not included with delivery.<br />

1<br />

2<br />

1<br />

3<br />

1<br />

3<br />

2<br />

2<br />

7<br />

4<br />

4<br />

4<br />

8<br />

5


Display module, order no. 19 0700 80<br />

Connecting the wires to the connectors and setting the DIP switches<br />

RL<br />

Room lamp 7 )<br />

AW<br />

WL<br />

Ward bus (data)<br />

GND<br />

IA<br />

WH(YE)<br />

R3<br />

IB<br />

YE<br />

R4<br />

00 8814 02, 10/12 (Rev. 4.0) 2<br />

<strong>Technical</strong> <strong>Manual</strong> Page 91<br />

+24 V<br />

GND<br />

BU<br />

+24 V<br />

+24V<br />

BN<br />

R1<br />

R2<br />

WR<br />

12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1<br />

4<br />

IA<br />

R3 = Call button bed 3 1 ) 3 )<br />

R4 = Door alarm 1 ) 2 ) 3 )<br />

IB<br />

3 2 1<br />

GND<br />

R1 = Call button bed 1 1 ) 3 )<br />

+24 V<br />

Display module is first or last ward<br />

bus user (= bus termination).<br />

WC calls can be cancelled with the<br />

WC cancel button or the presence<br />

button.<br />

R2 = Call button bed 2 1 ) 3 )<br />

WC call button 3 )<br />

WC cancel button 3 )<br />

WA<br />

Legend:<br />

1 ) In CONCENTO PLUS systems the call type and<br />

contact type can be changed, refer to chapter<br />

“Configuration“ on page 3.<br />

2 ) In Concento systems R4 = Room call.<br />

3 ) Maximum 4 monitored devices per input.<br />

4 ) RL colour = YE. For room lamp only = RD.<br />

5 ) WL colour = YE. For room lamp only = WH.<br />

6 ) WA colour = WH. For room lamp only = WH(GN).<br />

7 ) Switching power per output: 100 mA at 24 V DC.<br />

One wire<br />

Oour wires<br />

Output<br />

Input<br />

4-pole connector<br />

Max. wire cross-section: 2.5 mm 2<br />

Power supply (input)<br />

Note! All inputs are pre-programmed as NO contacts.<br />

12-pole connector<br />

ON<br />

OFF<br />

1 2<br />

Display module is neither first nor<br />

last ward bus user.<br />

WC calls can be cancelled only with<br />

the WC cancel button.<br />

3<br />

DIP switches 1, 2, 3<br />

DIP Switch ON OFF<br />

Factory Setting<br />

1<br />

2<br />

3<br />

YE 4 )<br />

YE<br />

YE 5 )<br />

BK or BU<br />

WH<br />

WH<br />

RD<br />

RD<br />

WH<br />

Not all ward bus users are<br />

CONCENTO PLUS type. One or more<br />

ward bus users are Concento type,<br />

order no.:<br />

- Group electronic: 10 0700 10<br />

- Terminals: 10 0700 x0<br />

- Display module: 10 0700 8x<br />

- RAB: 10 0701 x0<br />

WH<br />

WH<br />

WH 6 )<br />

All ward bus users are CONCENTO PLUS<br />

type, order no.:<br />

- Group electronic: 19 0700 10<br />

- Terminals: 19 0700 x0<br />

- Display module: 19 0700 80<br />

- RAB: 19 0701 00<br />

OFF<br />

OFF<br />

OFF<br />

<strong>Tunstall</strong> <strong>GmbH</strong>, Orkotten 66, D-48291 Telgte, www.tunstall.de


<strong>Tunstall</strong> <strong>GmbH</strong>, Orkotten 66, D-48291 Telgte, www.tunstall.de<br />

Display module, order no. 19 0700 80<br />

Configuration<br />

All configuration settings are changed in the service menu.<br />

On page 4 is described, how you start the service menu, how<br />

you run through all service menu steps and how you close the<br />

service menu with saving the settings.<br />

You have to change the following setting:<br />

- Set the display module's logical group according to the setting<br />

within the ConLog software. Both values must match.<br />

You can change the following settings if required:<br />

- Changing the display module's device ID.<br />

- Changing the call type and contact type (NC contact/NO con‐<br />

tact) for the inputs R1, R2, R3, and R4.*)<br />

The following settings cannot be changed. But you can look at<br />

them in the service menu:<br />

- Checking whether DIP switch is set to ON, i.e. whether WC<br />

calls can be cancelled with the presence button.<br />

- Software and hardware version on the display module.<br />

*) Note for „Concento“ type nurse call systems! In “Concento“<br />

type systems (DIP switch 3 in the ON position) the inputs R1, R2,<br />

R3, and R4 cannot be changed. The appropriate steps are<br />

skipped in the service menu.<br />

Registering the room devices in the display module<br />

In order that the display module will monitor all room devices<br />

connected to the display module's inputs (max. 4 room devices<br />

per input) for faults during nurse call system operation, the room<br />

devices have to be registered in the display module.<br />

Pre-condition: Terminating resistors are active<br />

On each room device connected to a display module input the<br />

120 kOhm terminating resistor must be active. If several devices<br />

are connected in series, the terminating resistor of each device<br />

must be active. If you want to know how to activate a terminating<br />

resistor refer to the installation instructions for the relevant<br />

device.<br />

This is how you have to proceed<br />

You have to start and then to close the service menu:<br />

1. Start the service menu: Press the green button and keep it<br />

pressed. Within 1 second, also press the red button and keep<br />

it pressed for 10 seconds.<br />

The service menu is started. The display module registers all<br />

operational room devices with terminating resistor.<br />

2. Close the service menu: Keep the green button pressed for 3<br />

seconds.<br />

As an alternative to the described method, you can disconnect<br />

the display module from the power supply and then reconnect it.<br />

The display module then automatically registers all operational<br />

room devices with a terminating resistor.<br />

00 8814 02, 10/12 (Rev. 4.0) 3<br />

<strong>Technical</strong> <strong>Manual</strong> Page 92<br />

red button green button


Display module, order no. 19 0700 80<br />

Running through the service menu and selecting the settings<br />

CONCENTO Display in standby operation of the display module<br />

10:06 Time<br />

To start the service menu, press the green button and keep it pressed. Within 1 second, also press the red button<br />

and keep it pressed for 10 seconds.<br />

RAB<br />

RAB, if DIP switch 2 is set to OFF position.<br />

RAB+WCAB, if DIP switch 2 is set to ON position.<br />

19070080<br />

Order no. for display module<br />

Press the green button.<br />

SW 1.0.1<br />

HW 1.0<br />

Press the green button.<br />

DeviceID<br />

0040000<br />

LGR<br />

001<br />

R1 0 10<br />

R2 0 11<br />

Software version for display module<br />

Hardware version for display module<br />

„Device ID“<br />

Current device ID for the display module<br />

To change the value at the cursor position, press the red button repeatedly until the desired value is displayed.<br />

To move the cursor to the next digit press the green button.<br />

After the last digit press the green button once again.<br />

R3 0 14<br />

R4 0 33<br />

„Logical Group“<br />

Current logical group for the display module, factory set to 001<br />

To change the value at the cursor position press the red button repeatedly until the desired value is displayed.<br />

To move the cursor to the next digit press the green button.<br />

After the last digit press the green button once again.<br />

Call input R1<br />

0 = R1 is NO contact, 1 = R1 is NC contact, factory setting: 0<br />

Call type for R1 according to call type list in ConLog software, factory setting: 12 (bed 1)<br />

Call type for R2 according to call type list in ConLog software, factory setting: 11 (bed 2)<br />

0 = R2 is NO contact, 1 = R2 is NC contact, factory setting: 0<br />

Call input R2<br />

To change the value at the cursor position press the red button repeatedly until the desired value is displayed.<br />

To move the cursor to the next digit press the green button.<br />

After the last digit press the green button once again.<br />

Call input R3<br />

0 = R3 is NO contact, 1 = R3 is NC contact, factory setting: 0<br />

Call type for R3 according to call type list in ConLog software, factory setting: 14 (bed 3)<br />

Call type for R4 according to call type list in ConLog software, factory setting: 33 (door alarm)<br />

0 = R4 is NO contact, 1 = R4 is NC contact, factory setting: 0<br />

Call input R4<br />

To change the value at the cursor position press the red button repeatedly until the desired value is displayed.<br />

To move the cursor to the next digit press the green button.<br />

After the last digit press the green button one again to save the settings and to close the service menu.<br />

CONCENTO<br />

10:06 10:08<br />

Display in standby operation of the display module<br />

Time<br />

Quick closing the service menu + saving the settings<br />

If you do not wish to run through the entire service menu, you<br />

can close it early and save the settings by keeping the green<br />

button pressed for 3 seconds.<br />

00 8814 02, 10/12 (Rev. 4.0) 4<br />

<strong>Technical</strong> <strong>Manual</strong> Page 93<br />

Timeout for the service menu!<br />

If no button is pressed for longer than 1<br />

minute, the service menu is closed<br />

automatically without saving the settings.<br />

<strong>Tunstall</strong> <strong>GmbH</strong>, Orkotten 66, D-48291 Telgte, www.tunstall.de


<strong>Tunstall</strong> <strong>GmbH</strong>, Orkotten 66, D-48291 Telgte, www.tunstall.de<br />

Call/presence combination bus (RAB), order no. 19 0701 00<br />

The call/presence combination bus (RAB) for nurse call systems<br />

CONCENTO PLUS type is used by staff. It includes a green<br />

presence button and a red call button as well as a buzzer for<br />

signalling forwarded calls. The RAB controls all room functions<br />

according to the German standard DIN VDE 0834.<br />

It is possible to use the RAB in an existing nurse call system<br />

„Concento“ type, if it is connected to a ward bus with a group<br />

electronic only of order no.10 0700 10.<br />

A 4-pole and a 12-pole connector included with delivery.<br />

Dimensions (HxWxD): approx. 71 x 71 x 24 mm<br />

Weight incl. central plate and frame: approx. 75 g<br />

Standby current consumption: approx. 10 mA at 24 V DC<br />

Note! The complete installation of the system is<br />

described in the <strong>Technical</strong> <strong>Manual</strong>.<br />

Caution! Electrostatic sensitive components<br />

The printed circuit board includes electrostatic sensitive<br />

components. Therefore avoid touching.<br />

Mounting<br />

Wall mounting on 1-gang back box.<br />

1. Strip the connection cables to the appropriate length. Remove<br />

the cable shield and ground wire up to the cable sheath.<br />

2. Attach the wires according to fig. D to both connectors.<br />

3. Set the three DIP switches (refer to fig. A) according to Fig.<br />

D.<br />

4. Plug both wired connectors to the connection field 7.<br />

5. Screw the RAB 4 with the back box screws 3 to the back<br />

box 5.<br />

6. Insert the central plate 1 in the frame 2.<br />

7. Press the central plate 1 together with the frame 2 onto the<br />

RAB, until it clicks into place.<br />

Dismantling<br />

1. Lever off the frame 2 together with the central plate 1 from the<br />

wall using a screw driver, see fig. C.<br />

2. Unscrew the back box screws 3 and remove the RAB 4 from<br />

the back box.<br />

3. Unplug both connectors from the rear side of the RAB 4.<br />

00 8814 03, 10/12 (Rev. 4.0) 1<br />

<strong>Technical</strong> <strong>Manual</strong> Page 94<br />

6<br />

4 front view<br />

4 rear view<br />

1* Central plate for 2 buttons,<br />

order no. 19 9201 00<br />

2* Frame, internal dimensions: 55 x 55 mm<br />

3* Back box screws<br />

4 RAB<br />

5* Back box, 1-gang<br />

6 DIP switches<br />

7 Connection field<br />

* Not included with delivery.<br />

Registering the room devices in the RAB<br />

So that the room devices that are connected to the inputs of the This is how you have to proceed<br />

RAB (max. 4 room devices per input) are monitored by the RAB<br />

for faults during nurse call operation, they must first be registered<br />

by the RAB.<br />

Press the green button and keep it pressed.<br />

Within 1 second, also press the red button and<br />

keep it pressed for 10 seconds.<br />

The RAB registers all operational room devices<br />

Pre-condition: Terminating resistors are active<br />

with terminating resistor.<br />

The 120 kOhm terminating resistor must be active on all room<br />

devices connected at an input of the RAB. If several devices are<br />

Three short confirmation tones sound.<br />

connected in series, the terminating resistor must be active on<br />

each of these devices. Refer to the installation instructions for the<br />

device for how to activate the terminating resistor.<br />

As an alternative to the described method, you can<br />

disconnect the RAB from the power supply and<br />

then reconnect it. The RAB then registers all opera‐<br />

tional room devices with a terminating resistor<br />

automatically.<br />

1*<br />

3*<br />

2*<br />

2*<br />

1*<br />

7<br />

4<br />

3*<br />

5*


Call/presence combination bus (RAB), order no. 19 0701 00<br />

Connecting the wires to the connectors and setting DIP switches<br />

YE 4 )<br />

RL<br />

Room lamp 7 )<br />

YE<br />

AW<br />

YE 5 )<br />

WL<br />

Ward bus (data)<br />

BK or BU<br />

GND<br />

IA<br />

WH(YE)<br />

R3<br />

IB<br />

YE<br />

R4<br />

+24 V<br />

GND<br />

BU<br />

4-pole connector<br />

Max. wire cross-section: 2.5 mm 2<br />

00 8814 03, 10/12 (Rev. 4.0) 2<br />

<strong>Technical</strong> <strong>Manual</strong> Page 95<br />

+24 V<br />

+24V<br />

BN<br />

R1<br />

R2<br />

WR<br />

12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1<br />

4<br />

IA<br />

R3 = Call button bed 3 1 ) 3 )<br />

WH<br />

R4 = Door alarm 1 ) 2 ) 3 )<br />

IB<br />

WH<br />

RD<br />

3 2 1<br />

GND<br />

RD<br />

R1 = Call button bed 1 1 ) 3 )<br />

+24 V<br />

WH<br />

R2 = Call button bed 2 1 ) 3 )<br />

WH<br />

WC call button 3 )<br />

WH<br />

WC cancel button 3 )<br />

WH 6 )<br />

WA<br />

Power supply (input)<br />

Legend:<br />

1 ) In CONCENTOPLUS systems the call type and contact<br />

type can be changed using a service module.<br />

2 ) In Concento systems R4 = Room call.<br />

3 ) Maximum 4 monitored devices per input.<br />

4 ) RL colour = YE. For room lamp only = RD.<br />

5 ) WL colour = YE. For room lamp only = WH.<br />

6 ) WA colour = WH. For room lamp only = WH(GN).<br />

7 ) Switching power for each output: 100 mA at 24 V DC.<br />

12-pole connector<br />

DIP Switch ON OFF<br />

Factory Setting<br />

3<br />

2<br />

1<br />

Not all ward bus users are<br />

CONCENTO PLUS type. One or more<br />

ward bus users are Concento type,<br />

order no.:<br />

- Group electronic: 10 0700 10<br />

- Terminals: 10 0700 x0<br />

- Display module: 10 0700 8x<br />

- RAB: 10 0701 x0<br />

WC calls can be cancelled with the<br />

WC cancel button or the presence<br />

button.<br />

RAB is first or last ward bus user<br />

(= bus termination).<br />

All ward bus users are CONCENTO PLUS<br />

type, order no.:<br />

- Group electronic: 19 0700 10<br />

- Terminals: 19 0700 x0<br />

- Display module: 19 0700 80<br />

- RAB: 19 0701 00<br />

WC calls can be cancelled only with<br />

the WC cancel button.<br />

RAB is neither first nor last ward bus<br />

user.<br />

One wire<br />

Four wires<br />

OFF<br />

OFF<br />

OFF<br />

Not! All inputs are programmed<br />

as normally open contacts.<br />

DIP switches 3, 2, 1<br />

Output<br />

Input<br />

<strong>Tunstall</strong> <strong>GmbH</strong>, Orkotten 66, D-48291 Telgte, www.tunstall.de


12. Product leaflets<br />

12.2 Room lamps, corridor displays<br />

77 0180 10 Room lamp universal, 3 sections<br />

77 0181 10 Room lamp universal, 3 sections, with doorplate<br />

77 0185 10 Room lamp universal, 3 sections, glass decor<br />

19 078x xx Corridor displays, single-sided<br />

19 078x xx Corridor displays, double-sided<br />

<strong>Technical</strong> <strong>Manual</strong> Page 96<br />

CONCENTO PLUS - <strong>Technical</strong> <strong>Manual</strong>, 11/12 (Rev. 3.0), 00 8814 14


<strong>Tunstall</strong> <strong>GmbH</strong>, Orkotten 66, D-48291 Telgte, www.tunstall.de<br />

Installationsanleitung D Installation Instructions GB<br />

Zimmerleuchte Universal, 3-teilig, Best.‐Nr. 77 0180 10<br />

zur optischen Anzeige von allen Rufarten und Personalanwesenheit 1 sowie zusätzliche<br />

Anzeige für WC‐Ruf. Wandmontage.<br />

Zimmerleuchte Universal, 4-teilig, Best.‐Nr. 77 0180 00<br />

wie 77 0180 10, jedoch zusätzlich mit Personalanwesenheit 2.<br />

Zimmerleuchte Universal, 2-teilig, Best.‐Nr. 77 0182 10<br />

zur optischen Anzeige von Personalanwesenheit 1 und von Telefonruf. Wandmontage.<br />

Zimmerleuchte Universal, 1-teilig, Best.‐Nr. 77 0182 50<br />

zur optischen Anzeige von allen Rufarten. Wandmontage.<br />

Achtung! Die LED‐Module sind mit elektrostatisch gefährdeten Bauteilen bestückt.<br />

Vermeiden Sie deshalb eine direkte Berührung.<br />

Montage Mounting<br />

1* Einbaudose<br />

2 Gehäuse‐Rückwand<br />

3* Anschlussklemme (70 0807 07)<br />

4 Leiterplatte mit LED‐Modulen<br />

00 8802 56, 12/11 (Rev. 2.1)<br />

5 Dekorrahmen<br />

6 Befestigungsschrauben<br />

7 Lichtkuppel mit Trenneinsatz<br />

* ist nicht im Lieferumfang enthalten.<br />

1. Gehäuse‐Rückwand 2 mit den Schrauben der Einbaudose an der Einbaudose 1<br />

festschrauben. Einbaurichtung beachten, siehe Markierung im Gehäuse.<br />

2. Angeschlossene Anschlussklemme 3 in die eingebaute Buchse der Leiterplatte 4<br />

stecken.<br />

3. Leiterplatte 4 in die Gehäuse‐Rückwand 2 einsetzen (erst oben, dann unten). Dabei die<br />

beiden Löcher unten in der Leiterplatte 4 auf die Arretierungsstifte der<br />

Gehäuse‐Rückwand 2 stecken.<br />

4. LED‐Module gemäß der folgenden Übersicht auf die Leiterplatte stecken.<br />

5. Dekorrahmen 5 mit den Befestigungsschrauben 6 auf die Gehäuse‐Rückwand 2<br />

schrauben.<br />

6. Lichtkuppel mit Trenneinsatz 7 auf den Dekorrahmen 5 drücken bis sie einrastet.<br />

Farben der LED‐Module LED module colours<br />

Anschlusspunkt<br />

L1<br />

L2<br />

L3<br />

L4<br />

Anschlusspunkt<br />

L1<br />

L2<br />

L3<br />

L4<br />

77 0180 10 77 0180 00<br />

rot: Rufe<br />

rot: Rufe<br />

grün: Personal 1 grün: Personal 1<br />

kein LED‐Modul gelb: Personal 2<br />

weiß: WC‐Ruf weiß: WC‐Ruf<br />

77 0182 10 77 0182 50<br />

kein LED‐Modul rot: Rufe<br />

grün: Personal 1 kein LED‐Modul<br />

weiß: Telefonruf kein LED‐Modul<br />

kein LED‐Modul<br />

kein LED‐Modul<br />

Demontage Dismantling<br />

Room lamp universal, 3 sections, order no. 77 0180 10<br />

for optical signalling of all call types and staff presence 1 as well as additional display for<br />

WC call. Wall mounting.<br />

Room lamp universal, 4 sections, order no. 77 0180 00<br />

as 77 0180 10, but additionally with staff presence 2.<br />

Room lamp universal, 2 sections, order no. 77 0182 10<br />

for optical signalling of staff presence 1 and telephone call. Wall mounting.<br />

Room lamp universal, 1 section, order no. 77 0182 50<br />

for optical signalling of all call types. Wall mounting.<br />

Attention! The LED modules include electrostatic sensitive components. Avoid<br />

touching.<br />

1* Back box<br />

5 Decorative frame<br />

2 Pattress<br />

6 Fixing screws<br />

3* Connector (70 0807 07)<br />

7 Light dome with insert module<br />

4 Printed circuit board (PCB) with LED modules * not included with product delivery.<br />

1. Fit the pattress 2 with the back box screws to the back box 1. For the correct mounting<br />

direction refer to the markings in the pattress.<br />

2. Plug the pre-connected connector 3 into the socket on the PCB 4.<br />

3. Put the PCB 4 into the pattress 2 (first the top, then the bottom). The two holes on the<br />

base of the PCB must fit onto the fixing pins of the pattress 2.<br />

4. Plug the LED modules onto the PCB according to the following overview.<br />

5. Fit the decorative frame 5 with the fixing screws 6 onto the pattress 2.<br />

6. Press the light dome with the insert module 7 onto the decorative frame 5 until it locks in<br />

place.<br />

Connector<br />

L1<br />

L2<br />

L3<br />

L4<br />

Connector<br />

Lichtkuppel von oben und unten leicht zusammendrücken und dann abziehen. Compress and pull off the light dome.<br />

77 0180 10<br />

Zimmerleuchte Universal , 3‐teilig<br />

Room lamp universal, 3 sections<br />

77 0180 00<br />

Zimmerleuchte Universal, 4‐teilig<br />

Room lamp universal, 4 sections<br />

77 0182 10<br />

Zimmerleuchte Universal , 2‐teilig<br />

Room lamp universal, 2 sections<br />

77 0182 50<br />

Zimmerleuchte Universal, 1‐teilig<br />

Room lamp universal, 1 section<br />

1<br />

2<br />

3<br />

OBEN<br />

TOP<br />

<strong>Technical</strong> <strong>Manual</strong> Page 97<br />

4<br />

5<br />

6<br />

L1<br />

L2<br />

L3<br />

L4<br />

6<br />

77 0180 10 77 0180 00<br />

red: calls red: calls<br />

green: staff 1 green: staff 1<br />

no LED module yellow: staff 2<br />

white: WC call white: WC call<br />

77 0182 10<br />

no LED module<br />

green: staff 1<br />

white: telephone call<br />

no LED module<br />

7<br />

77 0182 50<br />

red: calls<br />

no LED module<br />

no LED module<br />

no LED module<br />

1.<br />

1.<br />

2.


Anschlüsse D Connections GB<br />

77 0180 10<br />

System EccoLine L200, NewLine L200: System CCS:<br />

Terminal L200<br />

77 0180 00<br />

77 0182 10<br />

00 8802 56, 12/11 (Rev. 2.1)<br />

0V<br />

RL<br />

AWL<br />

WCL<br />

COM<br />

L1<br />

L2<br />

L3<br />

L4<br />

LB1<br />

LB2<br />

ComTerminal<br />

System CCS:<br />

3 0V<br />

2 AW<br />

ComTerminal<br />

System Flamenco, EccoLine mit Sprechen, EccoLine L200:<br />

System Flamenco, EccoLine with speech, EccoLine L200:<br />

Steckvorrichtung ComStation<br />

(Bestell‐Nr. 74 0452 30)<br />

mit Anschluss einer ComStation BUS ,<br />

EccoLine ComStation<br />

oder ComStation L200<br />

Connection socket ComStation<br />

(order no. 74 0452 30)<br />

with connection of a ComStation BUS ,<br />

EccoLine ComStation<br />

or ComStation L200<br />

77 0182 10<br />

77 0182 50<br />

COM<br />

L1<br />

L2<br />

L3<br />

L4<br />

LB1<br />

LB2<br />

System Flamenco:<br />

Telefonanschaltrelais<br />

(Bestell‐Nr. 11 5350 00)<br />

Telephone interface relay<br />

(order no. 11 5350 00)<br />

0V<br />

C<br />

S<br />

WL<br />

0V<br />

C<br />

S<br />

HS<br />

WL<br />

COM<br />

L1<br />

L2<br />

L3<br />

L4<br />

LB1<br />

LB2<br />

COM<br />

L1<br />

L2<br />

L3<br />

L4<br />

LB1<br />

LB2<br />

System CONCENTO PLUS / Concento:<br />

Terminal /<br />

Displaymodul /<br />

RAB /<br />

System Flamenco:<br />

Steckvorrichtung ComStation PC<br />

(Bestell‐Nr. 74 0452 60A)<br />

mit Anschluss einer ComStation PC<br />

Connection socket ComStation PC<br />

(order no. 74 0452 60A)<br />

with connection of a ComStation PC<br />

14<br />

A1<br />

System Communicall Connect:<br />

0 V<br />

+24VDC AUX NO<br />

PiperTerminal<br />

mit 24VDC-Zusatzstromversorgung<br />

Speech module<br />

with 24VDC additional power supply<br />

<strong>Technical</strong> <strong>Manual</strong> Page 98<br />

COM<br />

L1<br />

L2<br />

L3<br />

L4<br />

LB1<br />

LB2<br />

COM<br />

L1<br />

L2<br />

L3<br />

L4<br />

LB1<br />

LB2<br />

GND<br />

RL<br />

AW<br />

WL<br />

0 V<br />

2 AW<br />

COM<br />

L1<br />

L2<br />

L3<br />

L4<br />

LB1<br />

LB2<br />

COM<br />

L1<br />

L2<br />

L3<br />

L4<br />

LB1<br />

LB2<br />

<strong>Tunstall</strong> <strong>GmbH</strong>, Orkotten 66, D-48291 Telgte, www.tunstall.de


<strong>Tunstall</strong> <strong>GmbH</strong>, Orkotten 66, D-48291 Telgte, www.tunstall.de<br />

Installationsanleitung D Installation Instructions GB<br />

Zimmerleuchte Universal, 3-teilig, mit Türschild, Best.‐Nr. 77 0181 10<br />

zur optischen Anzeige von allen Rufarten, Personalanwesenheit 1 und zusätzlich WC‐Ruf.<br />

Türschild als Beschriftungsfeld für die Raumbezeichnung. Wandmontage.<br />

Zimmerleuchte Universal, 4-teilig, mit Türschild, Best.‐Nr. 77 0181 00<br />

wie 77 0181 10, jedoch zusätzlich mit Personalanwesenheit 2.<br />

Achtung! Die LED‐Module sind mit elektrostatisch gefährdeten Bauteilen bestückt.<br />

Vermeiden Sie deshalb eine direkte Berührung.<br />

Anschlüsse Connections<br />

System EccoLine L200, NewLine L200: System CCS:<br />

Terminal L200<br />

00 8802 55, 12/11 (Rev. 1.1)<br />

0V<br />

RL<br />

AWL<br />

WCL<br />

COM<br />

L1<br />

L2<br />

L3<br />

L4<br />

LB1<br />

LB2<br />

ComTerminal<br />

*nur bei 77 0181 00<br />

*only for 77 0181 00<br />

Room lamp universal, 3 sections, with doorplate, order no. 77 0181 10<br />

for optical signalling of all call types, staff presence 1 and additional display for WC call.<br />

Doorplate as label field for room designation. Wall mounting.<br />

Room lamp universal, 4 sections, with doorplate, order no. 77 0181 00<br />

as 77 0181 10, but additionally with staff presence 2.<br />

0V<br />

C<br />

S<br />

HS*<br />

WL<br />

Montage Mounting<br />

1* Einbaudose<br />

2 Gehäuse‐Rückwand<br />

3* Anschlussklemme (70 0807 07)<br />

4 Leiterplatte mit LED‐Modulen<br />

5 Dekorrahmen<br />

6 Befestigungsschrauben<br />

7 Lichtkuppel mit Trenneinsatz<br />

8* Namensschild (Höhe x Breite: 70 x 92 mm)<br />

9 Schutzabdeckung<br />

* ist nicht im Lieferumfang enthalten.<br />

1. Gehäuse‐Rückwand 2 mit den Schrauben der Einbaudose an der Einbaudose 1<br />

festschrauben. Einbaurichtung beachten, siehe Markierung im Gehäuse.<br />

2. Angeschlossene Anschlussklemme 3 in die eingebaute Buchse der Leiterplatte 4<br />

stecken.<br />

3. Leiterplatte 4 in die Gehäuse‐Rückwand 2 einsetzen (erst oben, dann unten). Dabei die<br />

beiden Löcher unten in der Leiterplatte 4 auf die Arretierungsstifte der<br />

Gehäuse‐Rückwand 2 stecken.<br />

4. LED‐Module gemäß der folgenden Übersicht auf die Leiterplatte stecken.<br />

5. Dekorrahmen 5 mit den Befestigungsschrauben 6 auf die Gehäuse‐Rückwand 2<br />

schrauben.<br />

6. Lichtkuppel mit Trenneinsatz 7 auf den Dekorrahmen 5 drücken bis sie einrastet.<br />

7. Namenschild 8 und Schutzabdeckung 9 einlegen.<br />

Attention! The LED modules include electrostatic sensitive components. Avoid<br />

touching.<br />

COM<br />

L1<br />

L2<br />

L3<br />

L4<br />

LB1<br />

LB2<br />

Farben der LED‐Module LED module colours<br />

Anschlusspunkt<br />

L1<br />

L2<br />

L3<br />

L4<br />

77 0181 10 77 0181 00<br />

rot: Rufe<br />

rot: Rufe<br />

grün: Personal 1 grün: Personal 1<br />

kein LED‐Modul gelb: Personal 2<br />

weiß: WC‐Ruf weiß: WC‐Ruf<br />

Demontage Dismantling<br />

System CONCENTO PLUS , Concento:<br />

Terminal /<br />

Displaymodul /<br />

RAB /<br />

GND<br />

RL<br />

AW<br />

WL<br />

COM<br />

L1<br />

L2<br />

L3<br />

L4<br />

LB1<br />

LB2<br />

1* Back box<br />

6 Fixing screws<br />

2 Pattress<br />

7 Light dome with insert module<br />

3* Connector (70 0807 07)<br />

8* Label strip (hxw: 70 x 92 mm)<br />

4 Printed circuit board (PCB) with LED modules 9 Protection cover<br />

5 Decorative frame<br />

* not included with product delivery.<br />

1. Fit the pattress 2 with the back box screws to the back box 1. For the correct mounting<br />

direction refer to the markings in the pattress.<br />

2. Plug the pre-connected connector 3 into the socket on the PCB 4.<br />

3. Put the PCB 4 into the pattress 2 (first the top, then the bottom). The two holes on the<br />

base of the PCB must fit onto the fixing pins of the pattress 2.<br />

4. Plug the LED modules onto the PCB according to the following overview.<br />

5. Fit the decorative frame 5 with the fixing screws 6 onto the pattress 2.<br />

6. Press the light dome with the insert module 7 onto the decorative frame 5 until it locks in<br />

place.<br />

7. Insert the label strip 8 and the protection cover 9.<br />

Connector<br />

L1<br />

L2<br />

L3<br />

L4<br />

Lichtkuppel von oben und unten leicht zusammendrücken und dann abziehen. Compress and pull off the light dome.<br />

77 0181 10<br />

Zimmerleuchte Universal , 3‐teilig,<br />

mit Türschild<br />

Room lamp universal, 3 sections,<br />

with doorplate<br />

77 0181 00<br />

Zimmerleuchte Universal, 4‐teilig,<br />

mit Türschild<br />

Room lamp universal, 4 sections,<br />

with doorplate<br />

1<br />

2<br />

3<br />

OBEN<br />

TOP<br />

<strong>Technical</strong> <strong>Manual</strong> Page 99<br />

4<br />

5<br />

6<br />

6<br />

8<br />

9<br />

77 0181 10 77 0181 00<br />

red: calls red: calls<br />

green: staff 1 green: staff 1<br />

no LED module yellow: staff 2<br />

white: WC call white: WC call<br />

7<br />

1.<br />

1.<br />

2.


<strong>Tunstall</strong> <strong>GmbH</strong>, Orkotten 66, 48291 Telgte, www.tunstall.de<br />

Corridor display, order no. 19 0781 xx<br />

Corridor display, 8‐digit, order no. 19 0781 08<br />

Display for the alphanumeric displaying of calls and general sys‐<br />

tem information. 8-digit text display, single-sided version.<br />

Dimensions (HxWxD): 125 x 504 x 43 mm<br />

Weight: approx. 1 kg<br />

Standby current consumption: 50 mA<br />

Max. current consumption (for call): 270 mA<br />

Corridor display, 16‐digit, order no. 19 0781 16<br />

Display for the alphanumeric displaying of calls and general sys‐<br />

tem information. 16-digit text display, single-sided version.<br />

Dimensions (HxWxD): 125 x 804 x 43 mm<br />

Weight: approx. 1.5 kg<br />

Standby current consumption: 60 mA<br />

Max. current consumption (for call): 530 mA<br />

Note: The complete installation of the system is<br />

described in the <strong>Technical</strong> <strong>Manual</strong>.<br />

Wall mounting<br />

Do not cover the<br />

light sensor!<br />

460 mm<br />

22 22<br />

Do not cover the<br />

light sensor!<br />

order no. 19 0781 08<br />

504 mm<br />

Order no. 19 0781 16<br />

00 8814 13, 10/12 (Rev. 3.0) 1<br />

<strong>Technical</strong> <strong>Manual</strong> Page 100<br />

125 mm<br />

19 0781 08<br />

19 0781 16<br />

760 mm<br />

22 22<br />

804 mm<br />

Connection cable: approx. 1.2 m<br />

42 mm<br />

Connection cable: approx. 1.2 m<br />

42 mm<br />

125 mm


Corridor display, order no. 19 0781 xx<br />

Only if necessary: Change address<br />

A maximum of 10 corridor displays may be connected to a ward<br />

bus. Each corridor display must have an unique address on the<br />

ward bus. The addresses in the range 9980 to 9989 may be<br />

used.<br />

One address is already preset at the factory. For this, refer to the<br />

label on the corridor display ”ADR: ....”. If this address is used<br />

only once on the ward bus, you do not have to change anything.<br />

If this address is already being used on the ward bus by another<br />

corridor display, you must change the address on one corridor<br />

display:<br />

Proceed as follows:<br />

1. The corridor display must be disconnected from the power<br />

supply.<br />

2. Wrap adhesive tape around the corridor display on the side<br />

facing away from the cable outlet in order to secure the<br />

housing cover and the housing base. Select an adhesive tape<br />

(e.g. masking tape) that can be removed easily afterwards.<br />

3. Unscrew the side cover on the side facing away from the<br />

cable outlet.<br />

4. Pull out the power supply circuit board approx. 2 cm.<br />

5. Set the desired address on the 4-pole DIP switch.<br />

6. Push the power supply circuit board back in and screw the<br />

side cover back on.<br />

Note: The set address corresponds to the room number in the<br />

ConLog software.<br />

DIP switch<br />

1234<br />

00 8814 13, 10/12 (Rev. 3.0) 2<br />

<strong>Technical</strong> <strong>Manual</strong> Page 101<br />

Only if necessary: Change address<br />

Note: The power supply circuit<br />

board is located on the side<br />

facing away from<br />

the cable outlet.<br />

Power supply<br />

circuit board<br />

= Address 9980<br />

Loop in the corridor display into the ward bus and connect to the power supply<br />

Ward bus<br />

Green<br />

IA<br />

WH(YE)<br />

Yellow<br />

IB<br />

YE<br />

White<br />

GND<br />

BU<br />

Connection cable of corridor display<br />

Brown<br />

+24 V<br />

BN<br />

Junction box<br />

Cable outlet<br />

DIP switch<br />

Address 1 2 3 4<br />

9980 OFF OFF OFF OFF<br />

9981 ON OFF OFF OFF<br />

9982 OFF ON OFF OFF<br />

9983 ON ON OFF OFF<br />

9984 OFF OFF ON OFF<br />

9985 ON OFF ON OFF<br />

9986 OFF ON ON OFF<br />

9987 ON ON ON OFF<br />

9988 OFF OFF OFF ON<br />

9989 ON OFF OFF ON<br />

Lay a separate NYM stub line for the<br />

power supply!<br />

<strong>Tunstall</strong> <strong>GmbH</strong>, Orkotten 66, 48291 Telgte, www.tunstall.de


<strong>Tunstall</strong> <strong>GmbH</strong>, Orkotten 66, 48291 Telgte, www.tunstall.de<br />

Corridor display, double-sided, order no. 19 0782 xx<br />

Corridor display, 8‐digit, double-sided, order no. 19 0782 08<br />

Display for the alphanumeric displaying of calls and general sys‐<br />

tem information. 8-digit text display, double-sided version.<br />

Dimensions (HxWxD): 125 x 504 x 43 mm<br />

Weight: approx. 1 kg<br />

Standby current consumption: 60 mA<br />

Max. current consumption (for call): 530 mA<br />

Corridor display, 16‐digit, double-sided, order no. 19 0782 16<br />

Display for the alphanumeric displaying of calls and general sys‐<br />

tem information. 16-digit text display, double-sided version.<br />

Dimensions (HxWxD): 125 x 804 x 43 mm<br />

Weight: approx. 1.5 kg<br />

Standby current consumption: 80 mA<br />

Max. current consumption (for call) 1,060 mA<br />

Note: The complete installation of the system is<br />

described in the <strong>Technical</strong> <strong>Manual</strong>.<br />

Ceiling mounting<br />

Do not loose<br />

the eye bolts!<br />

Connection cable: approx. 1.2 m<br />

Ceiling mounting e.g.<br />

with snap hook and<br />

eye bolt (not included<br />

with the corridor display)<br />

19 0782 08: 504 mm<br />

19 0782 16: 804 mm<br />

Do not cover the<br />

light sensor!<br />

approx. 325 mm<br />

125 mm<br />

Do not loose<br />

the eye bolts!<br />

00 8814 12, 10/12 (Rev. 3.0) 1<br />

<strong>Technical</strong> <strong>Manual</strong> Page 102<br />

Connection cable<br />

19 0782 08<br />

19 0782 16<br />

Do not cover the<br />

light sensor!<br />

22 22<br />

42 mm


Corridor display, double-sided, order no 19 0782 xx<br />

Only if necessary: Change address<br />

A maximum of 10 corridor displays may be connected to a ward<br />

bus. Each corridor display must have an unique address on the<br />

ward bus. The addresses in the range 9980 to 9989 may be<br />

used.<br />

One address is already preset at the factory. For this, refer to the<br />

label on the corridor display ”ADR: ....”. If this address is used<br />

only once on the ward bus, you do not have to change anything.<br />

If this address is already being used on the ward bus by another<br />

corridor display, you must change the address on one corridor<br />

display:<br />

Proceed as follows:<br />

1. The corridor display must be disconnected from the power<br />

supply.<br />

2. Wrap adhesive tape around the corridor display on the side<br />

facing away from the cable outlet in order to secure the<br />

housing cover and the housing base. Select an adhesive tape<br />

(e.g. masking tape) that can be removed easily afterwards.<br />

3. Unscrew the side cover on the side facing away from the<br />

cable outlet.<br />

4. Pull out the power supply circuit board approx. 2 cm.<br />

5. Set the desired address on the 4-pole DIP switch.<br />

6. Push the power supply circuit board back in and screw the<br />

side cover back on.<br />

Note: The set address corresponds to the room number in the<br />

ConLog software.<br />

DIP switch<br />

1234<br />

00 8814 12, 10/12 (Rev. 3.0) 2<br />

<strong>Technical</strong> <strong>Manual</strong> Page 103<br />

Only if necessary: Change address<br />

Note: The power supply circuit<br />

board is located on the side facing<br />

away from the cable outlet.<br />

Power supply<br />

circuit board<br />

= Address 9980<br />

Loop in the corridor display into the ward bus and connect to the power supply<br />

Ward bus<br />

Green<br />

IA<br />

WH(YE)<br />

Yellow<br />

IB<br />

YE<br />

White<br />

GND<br />

BU<br />

Connection cable of corridor display<br />

Brown<br />

+24 V<br />

BN<br />

Junction box<br />

Cable outlet<br />

DIP switch<br />

Address 1 2 3 4<br />

9980 OFF OFF OFF OFF<br />

9981 ON OFF OFF OFF<br />

9982 OFF ON OFF OFF<br />

9983 ON ON OFF OFF<br />

9984 OFF OFF ON OFF<br />

9985 ON OFF ON OFF<br />

9986 OFF ON ON OFF<br />

9987 ON ON ON OFF<br />

9988 OFF OFF OFF ON<br />

9989 ON OFF OFF ON<br />

Lay a separate NYM stub line for the<br />

power supply!<br />

<strong>Tunstall</strong> <strong>GmbH</strong>, Orkotten 66, 48291 Telgte, www.tunstall.de


12.3 Switches<br />

19 0707 20x Pull cord switch<br />

19 0708 00 Call switch<br />

19 0708 50 Call & cancel switch/WC<br />

19 0709 00 Cancel switch/WC<br />

19 0707 50x Pneumatic switch<br />

CONCENTO PLUS - <strong>Technical</strong> <strong>Manual</strong>, 11/12 (Rev. 3.0), 00 8814 14<br />

<strong>Technical</strong> <strong>Manual</strong> Page 104<br />

12. Product leaflets


<strong>Tunstall</strong> <strong>GmbH</strong>, Orkotten 66, 48291 Telgte, www.tunstall.de<br />

Pull cord switch, order no. 19 0707 20x<br />

19 070720J incl. frame Jung AS 500<br />

19 070720B incl. frame Berker S.1<br />

19 070720G incl. frame Gira Standard 55 matt<br />

19 070720GG incl. frame Gira Standard 55 glossy<br />

19 070720M incl. frame Merten System M-SMART<br />

Pull cord switch with 2 m pull cord and call handle for raising<br />

calls by pulling the cord. The reassurance light lights up as soon<br />

as a call is raised. Incl. frame and central plate.<br />

Connection to terminal, display module or call/presence combi‐<br />

nation bus (RAB). The call type depends on the input to which<br />

the pull cord switch is connected.<br />

Weight : approx. 90 g<br />

Standby current consumption: 0.05 mA<br />

Maximum current consumption: 10 mA<br />

Note! Complete installation of the system is described<br />

in the <strong>Technical</strong> <strong>Manual</strong>..<br />

Mounting<br />

Wall or ceiling mounting on 1-gang back box.<br />

1. Strip the connecting cable to a suitable length. Remove the<br />

cable shield and the ground wire up to the cable sheath.<br />

2. If you want to connect the switch to a terminal, order no.<br />

19 0700 x0, or display module, order no. 19 0700 80, or a<br />

RAB, order no. 19 0701 00, connect the connecting cable to<br />

the connector 8 as per Fig. D.<br />

3. If you want to connect the switch to a terminal, order no.<br />

10 0700 x0, or display module, order no. 10 0700 8x, or a<br />

RAB, order no. 10 0701 x0, connect the connecting cable to<br />

the connector 8 as per Fig. E.<br />

4. Screw the pull cord switch insert 5 and the sealing flange 6<br />

onto the back box 7 with the screws 4 of the back box. When<br />

doing this, pay attention to the orientation of the ”top”<br />

marking.<br />

5. Insert central plate 2 into the frame 3.<br />

6. Press the central plate 2 together with frame 3 onto the pull<br />

cord switch insert until it engages audibly on both sides.<br />

7. Shorten the pull cord 1 to the desired length and knot it again<br />

in the call handle. Attention! The call handle must not be more<br />

than 200 mm above the floor.<br />

Dismantling<br />

1. Lever frame 3 together with central plate 2 off the wall using a<br />

screw driver, see Fig. C.<br />

2. Undo the screws 4 of the back box and remove the pull cord<br />

switch insert 5 with the sealing flange 6 from the back box.<br />

3. Unscrew the connecting cable from the connector on the rear<br />

of the pull cord switch insert 5.<br />

00 8814 05, 10/12 (Rev. 2.0) 1<br />

<strong>Technical</strong> <strong>Manual</strong> Page 105<br />

1<br />

Front side:<br />

7 2<br />

1<br />

2<br />

4*<br />

3<br />

top<br />

5 Rear side:<br />

8 9<br />

1 Pull cord with call handle<br />

2 Central plate<br />

3 Frame<br />

4* Screws of the back box<br />

5 Pull cord switch insert<br />

6 Sealing flange<br />

7* Back box<br />

8 Connector<br />

9 Plug bridge<br />

* Not included with product delivery<br />

3<br />

4*<br />

top<br />

5<br />

2 3<br />

6<br />

7*


Pull cord switch, order no. 19 0707 20x<br />

Connection on terminal, order no. 19 0700 x0, or display module, order no. 19 0700 80, or<br />

RAB, order no. 19 0701 00 (CONCENTO PLUS system)<br />

See table below<br />

Order no.: 19 0700 x0 or 19 0700 80 or 19 0701 00<br />

Device Order no.<br />

Display module 19 0700 80<br />

RAB<br />

19 0701 00<br />

Terminal 19 0700 x0<br />

Reassurance light<br />

GND<br />

Call input<br />

+24 V<br />

Several call buttons in the room<br />

Max. 4 call devices can be connected in line or star topology. The max. cable length per input is 20 m. The integrated 120 kOhm<br />

terminating resistor must be active for all call devices (= factory setting).<br />

Caution! Do not remove the plug bridge 9. It must always be inserted.<br />

YE<br />

BK<br />

WH(YE)<br />

RD<br />

IY(ST)Y 2x2x0.8 mm<br />

Call type*) Reassurance light Call input<br />

WC Call WL WR<br />

Call Bed 1 RL R1<br />

Call Bed 2 RL<br />

R2<br />

Call Bed 3 RL R3<br />

WC Call WL R3<br />

Call Bed 1 RL R1<br />

Call Bed 2 RL<br />

R2<br />

*) Note! Many inputs of the display module, RAB and terminals are configurable, i.e the<br />

call type can be changed. In addition there are further inputs available that are also<br />

configurable. For details, read the product leaflets accompanying the respective device.<br />

00 8814 05, 10/12 (Rev. 2.0) 2<br />

<strong>Technical</strong> <strong>Manual</strong> Page 106<br />

RL<br />

GND<br />

RT<br />

+24 V<br />

Connector 8<br />

on switch<br />

Connection to terminal, order no. 10 0700 x0, or display module, order no. 10 0700 8x, or<br />

RAB, order no. 10 0701 x0 (Concento system)<br />

See table below<br />

Reassurance light<br />

GND<br />

Call input<br />

+24 V<br />

Order no.: 10 0700 x0 or 10 0700 8x or 10 0701 x0<br />

Device<br />

Display module<br />

RAB<br />

Order no.<br />

10 0700 80<br />

10 0701 00<br />

Display module 10 0700 85<br />

RAB<br />

10 0701 20<br />

Terminal 10 0701 x0<br />

YE<br />

BK<br />

WH(YE)<br />

RD<br />

IY(ST)Y 2x2x0.8 mm<br />

Call type Reassurance light Call input<br />

WC Call WL WR<br />

Call Bed 1 RL<br />

RT1<br />

Call Bed 2 RL<br />

RT2<br />

WC Call WL<br />

WR<br />

Call Bed 1 RL<br />

RT1<br />

Call Bed 2 RL<br />

RT2<br />

Call Bed 3 RL<br />

RT3<br />

WC Call WL WR<br />

Call Bed 1 RL<br />

RT1<br />

Call Bed 2 RL<br />

RT2<br />

configurable RL R5<br />

configurable RL R6<br />

RL<br />

GND<br />

RT<br />

+24 V<br />

Connector 8<br />

on switch<br />

Terminating resistor<br />

Several call devices on one input can be connected in line topology. Star topology is not permissible. The maximum cable length<br />

per input is 15 m.<br />

The integrated 120 kOhm terminating resistor must be active in the case of the last call devices at an input.<br />

The integrated 120 kOhm terminating resistor must be inactive in the case of all other call devices at the input.<br />

The terminating resistor is set to active at the factory. The terminating resistor is activated and deactivated via the plug bridge 9<br />

(see Fig. A).<br />

Plug bridge plugged in<br />

Plug bridge removed<br />

9 = Terminating resistor active (factory setting) 9 = Terminating resistor not active<br />

<strong>Tunstall</strong> <strong>GmbH</strong>, Orkotten 66, 48291 Telgte, www.tunstall.de


<strong>Tunstall</strong> <strong>GmbH</strong>, Orkotten 66, 48291 Telgte, www.tunstall.de<br />

Call switch, order no. 19 0708 00<br />

Call switch with reassurance light and integrated location light as<br />

an LED. The reassurance light lights up as soon as a call is<br />

raised.<br />

Connection to terminal, display module or call/presence combi‐<br />

nation bus (RAB). The call type depends on the input to which<br />

the pull cord switch is connected.<br />

Dimensions (HxWxD): approx. 71 x 71 x 21 mm<br />

Weight incl. Central plate und frame: approx. 50 g<br />

Standby current consumption: 1 mA<br />

6<br />

7<br />

Maximum current consumption: 7.5 mA 4 Front side 4 Rear side<br />

Note! Complete installation of the system is described<br />

in the <strong>Technical</strong> <strong>Manual</strong>.<br />

Mounting<br />

Wall mounting on 1-gang back box.<br />

1. Strip the connecting cable to a suitable length. Remove the<br />

cable shield and the ground wire up to the cable sheath.<br />

2. If you want to connect the switch to a terminal, order no.<br />

19 0700 x0, or display module, order no. 19 0700 80, or a<br />

RAB, order no. 19 0701 00, connect the connecting cable to<br />

the connector 7 as per Fig. D.<br />

3. If you want to connect the switch to a terminal, order no.<br />

10 0700 x0, or display module, order no. 10 0700 8x, or a<br />

RAB, order no. 10 0701 x0, connect the connecting cable to<br />

the connector 7 as per Fig. E.<br />

4. Screw the switch 4 to the back box 5 with the screws 3 of the<br />

back box.<br />

5. Insert central plate 1 into the frame 2.<br />

6. Press the central plate 1 together with frame 2 onto the switch<br />

until it engages audibly on both sides.<br />

Dismantling<br />

1. Lever frame 2 and central plate 1 off the wall with a screw<br />

driver, see Fig. C.<br />

2. Undo the screws 3 of the back box and remove the switch 4<br />

from the back box.<br />

3. Unscrew the connecting cable of the connector from the rear<br />

of the switch 4.<br />

00 8814 07, 10/12 (Rev. 2.0) 1<br />

<strong>Technical</strong> <strong>Manual</strong> Page 107<br />

1* Central plate for 1 button,<br />

order no. 19 9201 06<br />

2* Frame, internal dimensions: 55 x 55 mm<br />

3* Screws of the back box<br />

4 Call switch<br />

5* Back box, 1‐gang<br />

6 Solder bridge<br />

7 Connector<br />

* Not included with product delivery.<br />

1*<br />

3*<br />

2*<br />

1*<br />

2*<br />

3*<br />

4<br />

5*


Call switch, order no. 19 0708 00<br />

Connection on terminal, order no. 19 0700 x0, or display module, order no. 19 0700 80, or RAB,<br />

order no. 19 0701 00 (CONCENTO PLUS system)<br />

See table below<br />

Order no. 19 0700 x0<br />

or 19 0700 80<br />

or 19 0701 00<br />

Device Order no.<br />

Display module 19 0700 80<br />

RAB<br />

19 0701 00<br />

Terminal 19 0700 x0<br />

GND<br />

Reassurance light<br />

Call input<br />

+24 V<br />

BK<br />

YE<br />

WH(YE)<br />

RD<br />

IY(ST)Y 2x2x0.8 mm<br />

Call type*) Reassurance light Call input<br />

WC Call WL WR<br />

Call Bed 1 RL R1<br />

Call Bed 2 RL<br />

R2<br />

Call Bed 3 RL R3<br />

WC Call WL R3<br />

Call Bed 1 RL R1<br />

Call Bed 2 RL<br />

R2<br />

*) Note! Many inputs of the display module, RAB and terminals are configurable, i.e the<br />

call type can be changed. In addition there are further inputs available that are also<br />

configurable. For details, read the product leaflets accompanying the respective device.<br />

Several call buttons in the room<br />

Max. 4 call devices can be connected in line or star topology. The max. cable length per input is 20 m. The integrated 120 kOhm<br />

terminating resistor must be active for all call devices (= factory setting).<br />

Caution! Do not change the solder bridge 6. It must always be closed.<br />

00 8814 07, 10/12 (Rev. 2.0) 2<br />

<strong>Technical</strong> <strong>Manual</strong> Page 108<br />

GND<br />

RL<br />

RT<br />

+24 V<br />

Connector 7<br />

on switch<br />

Connection on terminal, order no. 10 0700 x0, or display module, order no. 10 0700 8x, or RAB,<br />

order no. 10 0701 x0 (Concento system)<br />

See table below<br />

GND<br />

Reassurance light<br />

Call input<br />

+24 V<br />

Order no. 10 0700 x0<br />

or 10 0700 8x<br />

or 10 0701 x0<br />

Device<br />

Display module<br />

RAB<br />

Order no.<br />

10 0700 80<br />

10 0701 00<br />

Display module 10 0700 85<br />

RAB<br />

10 0701 20<br />

Call type<br />

BK<br />

YE<br />

WH(YE)<br />

RD<br />

IY(ST)Y 2x2x0.8 mm<br />

GND<br />

RL<br />

RT<br />

+24 V<br />

Connector 7<br />

on switch<br />

Reassurance light Call input<br />

WC Call WL WR<br />

Call Bed 1 RL<br />

RT1<br />

Call Bed 2 RL<br />

RT2<br />

WC Call WL<br />

WR<br />

Call Bed 1 RL<br />

RT1<br />

Call Bed 2 RL<br />

RT2<br />

Call Bed 3 RL<br />

RT3<br />

Terminal 10 0701 x0 WC Call WL WR<br />

Call Bed 1 RL<br />

RT1<br />

Call Bed 2 RL<br />

RT2<br />

configurable RL R5<br />

Terminating resistor<br />

configurable RL R6<br />

Several call devices on one input can be connected in line topology. Star topology is not permissible. The maximum cable length<br />

per input is 15 m.<br />

The integrated 120 kOhm terminating resistor must be active in the case of the last call device at an input.<br />

The integrated 120 kOhm terminating resistor must be inactive in the case of all other call devices at the input.<br />

The terminating resistor is set to active at the factory. The terminating resistor is activated and deactivated via the solder bridge 6<br />

(see Fig. A).<br />

Solder bridge closed<br />

Terminating resistor active (factory setting)<br />

Solder bridge opened (e.g. with knife blade)<br />

Terminating resistor not active<br />

<strong>Tunstall</strong> <strong>GmbH</strong>, Orkotten 66, 48291 Telgte, www.tunstall.de


<strong>Tunstall</strong> <strong>GmbH</strong>, Orkotten 66, 48291 Telgte, www.tunstall.de<br />

Call & cancel switch/WC, order no. 19 0708 50<br />

Switch with call button and cancel button for raising calls and for<br />

cancellation of WC calls at the call location. Red call button with<br />

reassurance light and integrated location light as LED. The re‐<br />

assurance light lights up as soon as a call is raised. Grey cancel<br />

button with reminder light and integrated location light as LED.<br />

The reminder light lights up when a WC call has been raised that<br />

must be cancelled with the cancel button.<br />

Connection to terminal, display module or call/presence combi‐<br />

nation bus (RAB)<br />

Dimensions (HxWxD): approx. 71 x 71 x 21 mm<br />

Weight incl. central plate und frame: approx. 50 g<br />

Standby current consumption: 2 mA<br />

Maximum current consumption: 17 mA<br />

Note! Complete installation of the system is described<br />

in the <strong>Technical</strong> <strong>Manual</strong>.<br />

Mounting<br />

Wall mounting on 1-gang back box.<br />

1. Strip the connecting cable to a suitable length. Remove the<br />

cable shield and the ground wire up to the cable sheath.<br />

2. If you want to connect the switch to a terminal, order no.<br />

19 0700 x0, or display module, order no. 19 0700 80, or a<br />

RAB, order no. 19 0701 00, connect the connecting cable to<br />

the connector 7 as per Fig. D.<br />

3. If you want to connect the switch to a terminal, order no.<br />

10 0700 x0, or display module, order no. 10 0700 8x, or a<br />

RAB, order no. 10 0701 x0, connect the connecting cable to<br />

the connector 7 as per Fig. E.<br />

4. Screw the switch 4 to the back box 5 with the screws 3 of the<br />

back box.<br />

5. Insert central plate 1 into the frame 2.<br />

6. Press the central plate 1 together with frame 2 onto the switch<br />

until it engages audibly on both sides.<br />

Dismantling<br />

1. Lever frame 2 together with central plate 1 off the wall using a<br />

screw driver, see Fig. C.<br />

2. Undo the screws 3 of the back box and remove the switch 4<br />

from the back box.<br />

3. Unscrew the connecting cable of the connector from the rear<br />

of the switch 4.<br />

00 8814 08, 10/12 (Rev. 2.0) 1<br />

<strong>Technical</strong> <strong>Manual</strong> Page 109<br />

6<br />

6<br />

4 Front side 4 Rear side<br />

1* Central plate for 2 buttons,<br />

order no. 19 9201 00<br />

2* Frame, internal dimensions: 55 x 55 mm<br />

3* Srews of the back box<br />

4 Call & cancel switch/WC<br />

5* Back box, 1‐gang<br />

6 Solder bridges<br />

7 Connector<br />

* Not included with product delivery..<br />

1*<br />

3*<br />

2*<br />

1*<br />

2*<br />

3*<br />

4<br />

7<br />

5*


Call & cancel switch/WC, order no. 19 0708 50<br />

Connection on terminal, order no. 19 0700 x0, or display module, order no. 19 0700 80, or RAB,<br />

order no. 19 0701 00 (CONCENTO PLUS system)<br />

GND<br />

WL<br />

WA<br />

WR<br />

+24 V<br />

Display module, order no. 19 0700 80<br />

or RAB, order no. 19 0701 00<br />

GND<br />

WL<br />

R4<br />

R3<br />

+24 V<br />

Terminal, order no. 19 0700 x0<br />

Several Call & cancel switches in the room<br />

Max. 4 call & cancel switches can be connected in line or star topology. The max. cable length per input is 20 m. The integrated<br />

120 kOhm terminating resistor must be active for all call & cancel switches (= factory setting).<br />

Optional other call type<br />

IY(ST)Y 4x2x0.8 mm<br />

BU<br />

GN<br />

WH(GN)<br />

YE<br />

WH(YE)<br />

RD<br />

IY(ST)Y 4x2x0.8 mm<br />

BU<br />

GN<br />

WH(GN)<br />

YE<br />

WH(YE)<br />

RD<br />

GND<br />

WL<br />

WA<br />

RL/WL<br />

RT/WR<br />

+24 V<br />

Callbutton WC<br />

Connector 7<br />

on switch<br />

GND<br />

WL<br />

WA<br />

RL/WL<br />

RT/WR<br />

+24 V<br />

Connector 7<br />

on switch<br />

Caution! Do not change the solder bridge 6. It must always be closed.<br />

As an option, it is possible to use the call button for a another call type than a WC call (e.g. room call). The connection points<br />

RT/WR (for the call button) and RL/WL (for the reassurance light) must then be connected to the corresponding other connection<br />

points of the terminal, the display module and the RAB.<br />

00 8814 08, 10/12 (Rev. 2.0) 2<br />

<strong>Technical</strong> <strong>Manual</strong> Page 110<br />

Cancel button<br />

Call button WC Cancel button<br />

Connection to terminal, order no. 10 0700 x0, or display module, order no. 10 0700 8x, or<br />

RAB, order no. 10 0701 x0 (Concento system)<br />

GND<br />

WL<br />

WA<br />

WR<br />

+24 V<br />

Order no. 10 0700 x0<br />

or 10 0700 8x<br />

or 10 0701 x0<br />

IY(ST)Y 4x2x0.8 mm<br />

BU<br />

GN<br />

WH(GN)<br />

YE<br />

WH(YE)<br />

RD<br />

GND<br />

WL<br />

WA<br />

RL/WL<br />

RT/WR<br />

+24 V<br />

Connector 7<br />

on switch<br />

Call button WC Cancel button<br />

Terminating resistor<br />

Several switches can be connected in line topology. Star topology is not permissible. The maximum cable length per input is 15 m.<br />

The integrated 120 kOhm terminating resistor must be active in the case of the last call button (for WC call) and cancel button.<br />

The integrated 120 kOhm terminating resistor must be inactive in the case of all other call buttons (for WC call) and cancel buttons.<br />

The terminating resistors are set to active at the factory. The terminating resistors are activated and deactivated via the solder<br />

bridges 6 (see Fig. A).<br />

Solder bridge for call button<br />

Solder bridge closed<br />

Terminating resistor active (factory setting)<br />

Solder bridge for cancel button Solder bridge opened (e.g. with knife blade)<br />

Terminating resistor not active<br />

Optional other call type<br />

As an option, it is possible to use the call button for a another call type to a WC call (e.g. room call). The connection points RT/WR<br />

(for the call button) and RL/WL (for the reassurance light) must then be connected to the corresponding other connection points of<br />

the terminal, the display module and the RAB.<br />

<strong>Tunstall</strong> <strong>GmbH</strong>, Orkotten 66, 48291 Telgte, www.tunstall.de


<strong>Tunstall</strong> <strong>GmbH</strong>, Orkotten 66, 48291 Telgte, www.tunstall.de<br />

Cancel switch/WC, order no. 19 0709 00<br />

Cancel switch for cancelling WC calls at the call location. Grey<br />

cancel button with reminder light and integrated location light as<br />

LED. The reminder light lights up when a WC call has been<br />

raised that must be cancelled with the cancel button.<br />

Connection to terminal, display module or call/presence combi‐<br />

nation bus (RAB)<br />

Dimensions (HxWxD): approx. 71 x 71 x 21 mm<br />

Weight incl. Central plate und frame: approx. 50 g<br />

Standby current consumption: 1 mA<br />

6<br />

7<br />

Maximum current consumption: 7.5 mA 4 Front side 4 Rear side<br />

Note! Complete installation of the system is described<br />

in the <strong>Technical</strong> <strong>Manual</strong>.<br />

Mounting<br />

Wall mounting on 1-gang back box.<br />

1. Strip the connecting cable to a suitable length. Remove the<br />

cable shield and the ground wire up to the cable sheath.<br />

2. If you want to connect the switch to a terminal, order no.<br />

19 0700 x0, or display module, order no. 19 0700 80, or a<br />

RAB, order no. 19 0701 00, connect the connecting cable to<br />

the connector 7 as per Fig. D.<br />

3. If you want to connect the switch to a terminal, order no.<br />

10 0700 x0, or display module, order no. 10 0700 8x, or a<br />

RAB, order no. 10 0701 x0, connect the connecting cable to<br />

the connector 7 as per Fig. E.<br />

4. Screw the switch 4 to the back box 5 with the screws 3 of the<br />

back box.<br />

5. Insert central plate 1 into the frame 2.<br />

6. Press the central plate 1 together with frame 2 onto the switch<br />

until it engages audibly on both sides.<br />

Dismantling<br />

1. Lever frame 2 together with central plate 1 off the wall using a<br />

screw driver, see Fig. C.<br />

2. Undo the screws 3 of the back box and remove the switch 4<br />

from the back box.<br />

3. Unscrew the connecting cable of the connector from the rear<br />

of the switch 4.<br />

00 8814 09, 10/12 (Rev. 2.0) 1<br />

<strong>Technical</strong> <strong>Manual</strong> Page 111<br />

1* Central plate for 1 button,<br />

order no. 19 9201 06<br />

2* Frame, internal dimensions: 55 x 55 mm<br />

3* Screws of the back box<br />

4 Cancel switch/WC<br />

5* Back box, 1-gang<br />

6 Solder bridge<br />

7 Connector<br />

* Not included with product delivery..<br />

1*<br />

1*<br />

2*<br />

3*<br />

2*<br />

3*<br />

4<br />

5*


Cancel switch/WC, order no. 19 0709 00<br />

Connection on terminal, order no. 19 0700 x0, or display module, order no. 19 0700 80, or RAB,<br />

order no. 19 0701 00 (CONCENTO PLUS system)<br />

GND<br />

WL<br />

WA<br />

+24 V<br />

Display module order no. 19 0700 80<br />

or RAB, order no. 19 0701 00<br />

GND<br />

WL<br />

R4<br />

+24 V<br />

Terminal, order no. 19 0700 x0<br />

IY(ST)Y 2x2x0.8 mm<br />

BK<br />

YE<br />

WH(YE)<br />

RD<br />

IY(ST)Y 2x2x0.8 mm<br />

BK<br />

YE<br />

WH(YE)<br />

RD<br />

GND<br />

RL<br />

RT<br />

+24 V<br />

Connector 7 on switch<br />

GND<br />

RL<br />

RT<br />

+24 V<br />

Connector 7 on switch<br />

Several cancel switches in the room<br />

Max. 4 cancel buttons can be connected in line or star topology. The max. cable length per input is 20 m. The integrated 120 kOhm<br />

terminating resistor must be active for all cancel buttons (= factory setting).<br />

Caution! Do not change the solder bridge 6. It must always be closed.<br />

www.tunstall.de<br />

Connection on terminal, order no. 10 0700 x0, or display module, order no. 10 0700 8x, or RAB,<br />

Telgte,<br />

order no. 10 0701 x0 (Concento system)<br />

48291<br />

IY(ST)Y 2x2x0.8 mm<br />

66,<br />

GND<br />

BK<br />

GND<br />

WL<br />

YE<br />

RL<br />

Orkotten<br />

WA<br />

WH(YE)<br />

RT<br />

<strong>GmbH</strong>,<br />

+24 V<br />

RD<br />

+24 V<br />

<strong>Tunstall</strong><br />

Order no. 10 0700 x0<br />

Connector 7 on switch <br />

or 10 0700 8x<br />

or 10 0701 x0<br />

Terminating resistor<br />

Several cancel buttons can be connected in line topology. Star topology is not permissible. The maximum cable length<br />

per input is 15 m.<br />

The integrated 120 kOhm terminating resistor must be active in the case of the last cancel button.<br />

The integrated 120 kOhm terminating resistor must be inactive in the case of all other cancel buttons.<br />

The terminating resistor is set to active at the factory. The terminating resistor is activated and deactivated via the solder bridge 6<br />

(see Fig. A).<br />

Solder bridge closed<br />

Terminating resistor active (factory setting)<br />

Solder bridge opened (e.g. with knife blade)<br />

Terminating resistor not active<br />

00 8814 09, 10/12 (Rev. 2.0) 2<br />

<strong>Technical</strong> <strong>Manual</strong> Page 112<br />

<strong>Tunstall</strong> <strong>GmbH</strong>, Orkotten 66, 48291 Telgte, www.tunstall.de


<strong>Tunstall</strong> <strong>GmbH</strong>, Orkotten 66, 48291 Telgte, www.tunstall.de<br />

Pneumatic switch, order no. 19 0707 50x<br />

19 070750J incl. frame Jung AS 500<br />

19 070750B incl. frame Berker S.1<br />

19 070750G incl. frame Gira Standard 55 matt<br />

19 070750GG incl. frame Gira Standard 55 glossy<br />

19 070750M incl. frame Merten System M-SMART<br />

Pneumatic switch with 2 m air hose and rubber ball for raising a<br />

call by pneumatic actuation. The reassurance lights up as soon<br />

as a call is raised. Incl. frame and central plate.<br />

Connection to terminal, display module or call/presence combi‐<br />

nation bus (RAB). The call type depends on the input to which<br />

the pneumatic switch is connected.<br />

Weight : approx. 205 g<br />

Standby current consumption: 0.05 mA<br />

Maximum current consumption: 10 mA<br />

Note! Complete installation of the system is described<br />

in the <strong>Technical</strong> <strong>Manual</strong>.<br />

Mounting<br />

Wall mounting on 1-gang back box.<br />

1. Anschlusskabel auf geeignete Länge abmanteln. Kabelschirm<br />

und Beidraht bis zum Kabelmantel entfernen.<br />

2. If you want to connect the switch to a terminal, order no.<br />

19 0700 x0, or display module, order no. 19 0700 80, or a<br />

RAB, order no. 19 0701 00, connect the connecting cable to<br />

the connector 9 as per Fig. D.<br />

3. If you want to connect the switch to a terminal, order no.<br />

10 0700 x0, or display module, order no. 10 0700 8x, or a<br />

RAB, order no. 10 0701 x0, connect the connecting cable to<br />

the connector 9 as per Fig. E.<br />

4. Screw the pneumatic switch insert 6 and the sealing flange 7<br />

onto the back box 8 with the screws 5 of the back box. When<br />

doing this, pay attention to the orientation of the ”top” marking<br />

5. Insert central plate 2 into the frame 3.<br />

6. Press the central plate 2 together with frame 3 onto the<br />

pneumatic switch insert until it engages audibly on both sides.<br />

7. Push the air hose 1 onto the metal pipe 4 as far as possible.<br />

This closes the disconnection contact 11.<br />

Attention! If the air hose is not pushed as far as possible onto<br />

the metal pipe, a call is raised when the pneumatic switch is put<br />

into operation (disconnection call). This cannot be cancelled until<br />

the air hose has been pushed onto the metal pipe as far as pos‐<br />

sible. This is a safety function that ensures that the nursing staff<br />

are informed when the air hose has been accidentally disconnec‐<br />

ted (for example).<br />

Dismantling<br />

1. Pull the air hose 1 off the metal pipe 4.<br />

2. Lever frame 3 and central plate 2 off the wall with a screw<br />

driver, see Fig. C.<br />

3. Undo the screws 5 of the back box and remove the<br />

pneumatic switch insert 6 with the sealing flange 7 from the<br />

back box.<br />

4. Unscrew the connecting cable from the connector on the rear<br />

of the pneumatic switch insert 6.<br />

00 8814 06, 10/12 (Rev. 2.0) 1<br />

<strong>Technical</strong> <strong>Manual</strong> Page 113<br />

Front side:<br />

1<br />

4<br />

2<br />

3<br />

6 Rear side:<br />

1 Air hose with rubber ball<br />

2 Central plate<br />

3 Frame<br />

4 Metal pipe for hose connection<br />

5* Screws of the back box<br />

6 Pneumatic switch insert<br />

7 Sealing flange<br />

8* Back box<br />

9 Connector<br />

10 Plug bridge<br />

11 Disconnection contact for air hose<br />

* Not included with product delivery.<br />

10<br />

11<br />

5*<br />

6<br />

2 3<br />

3<br />

2<br />

4<br />

4<br />

1<br />

top<br />

6<br />

5*<br />

7<br />

9<br />

8


Pneumatic switch, order no. 19 0707 50x<br />

Connection on terminal, order no. 19 0700 x0, or display module, order no. 19 0700 80, or RAB,<br />

order no. 19 0701 00 (CONCENTO PLUS system)<br />

See table below<br />

Order no.: 19 0700 x0 or 19 0700 80 or 19 0701 00<br />

Device order no.<br />

Display module19<br />

0700 80<br />

RAB 19 0701 00<br />

Terminal 19 0700 x0<br />

Reassurance light<br />

GND<br />

+24 V<br />

Call input<br />

Call type*) Reassurance light Call input<br />

WC Call WL WR<br />

Call Bed 1 RL R1<br />

Call Bed 2 RL<br />

R2<br />

Call Bed 3 RL R3<br />

Several call buttons in the room<br />

Max. 4 call devices can be connected in line or star topology. The max. cable length per input is 20 m. The integrated<br />

120 kOhm terminating resistor must be active for all call devices (= factory setting).<br />

Caution! Do not remove the plug bridge 10. It must always be inserted.<br />

YE<br />

BK<br />

RD<br />

WH(YE)<br />

IY(ST)Y 2x2x0.8 mm<br />

WC Call WL R3<br />

Call Bed 1 RL R1<br />

Call Bed 2 RL<br />

R2<br />

*) Note! Many inputs of the display module, RAB and terminals are configurable, i.e<br />

the call type can be changed. In addition there are further inputs available that are also<br />

configurable. For details, read the product leaflet accompanying the respective device.<br />

00 8814 06, 10/12 (Rev. 2.0) 2<br />

<strong>Technical</strong> <strong>Manual</strong> Page 114<br />

RL<br />

GND<br />

+24 V<br />

RT<br />

Connector 9<br />

on switch<br />

Connection to terminal, order no. 10 0700 x0, or display module, order no. 10 0700 8x, or<br />

RAB, order no. 10 0701 x0 (Concento system)<br />

See table below<br />

Order no.: 10 0700 x0 or 10 0700 8x or 10 0701 x0<br />

Device<br />

Display module<br />

RAB<br />

Order no.<br />

10 0700 80<br />

10 0701 00<br />

Display module 10 0700 85<br />

RAB<br />

10 0701 20<br />

Terminal 10 0701 x0<br />

Reassurance light<br />

GND<br />

+24 V<br />

Call input<br />

YE<br />

BK<br />

RD<br />

WH(YE)<br />

IY(ST)Y 2x2x0.8 mm<br />

Call type Reassurance light Call input<br />

WC Call WL WR<br />

Call Bed 1 RL<br />

RT1<br />

Call Bed 2 RL<br />

RT2<br />

WC Call WL<br />

WR<br />

Call Bed 1 RL<br />

RT1<br />

Call Bed 2 RL<br />

RT2<br />

Call Bed 3 RL<br />

RT3<br />

WC Call WL WR<br />

Call Bed 1 RL<br />

RT1<br />

Call Bed 2 RL<br />

RT2<br />

configurable RL R5<br />

configurable RL R6<br />

RL<br />

GND<br />

+24 V<br />

RT<br />

Connector 9<br />

on switch<br />

Terminating resistor<br />

Several call devices on one input can be connected in line topology. Star topology is not permissible. The maximum cable length<br />

per input is 15 m.<br />

The integrated 120 kOhm terminating resistor must be active in the case of the last call device at an input.<br />

The integrated 120 kOhm terminating resistor must be inactive in the case of all other call devices at the input.<br />

The terminating resistor is set to active at the factory. The terminating resistor is activated and deactivated via the plug bridge 10<br />

(see Fig. B).<br />

Plug bridge plugged in<br />

Plug bridge removed<br />

10 = Terminating resistor active (factory setting) 10 = Terminating resistor not active<br />

<strong>Tunstall</strong> <strong>GmbH</strong>, Orkotten 66, 48291 Telgte, www.tunstall.de


12. Product leaflets<br />

12.4 Call switches with connection socket<br />

19 0704 00 Call switch with connection socket<br />

19 0704 20 Call switch with 2 connection sockets<br />

<strong>Technical</strong> <strong>Manual</strong> Page 115<br />

CONCENTO PLUS - <strong>Technical</strong> <strong>Manual</strong>, 11/12 (Rev. 3.0), 00 8814 14


<strong>Tunstall</strong> <strong>GmbH</strong>, Orkotten 66, 48291 Telgte, www.tunstall.de<br />

Call switch with connection socket, order no. 19 0704 00<br />

Red call button with reassurance light and integrated location<br />

light as LED. The reassurance light lights up as soon as a call is<br />

raised. A socket for connecting a pear push switch or another<br />

plug-in call device.<br />

Connection to terminal, display module or call/presence combi‐<br />

nation bus (RAB).<br />

Dimensions (HxWxD): approx. 71 x 71 x 20 mm<br />

Weight incl. central plate und frame: approx. 55 g<br />

Standby current consumption: 9.1 mA (without connecting the<br />

connection socket)<br />

Maximum current consumption: 18.5 mA (without connecting the<br />

connection socket)<br />

Note! Complete installation of the system is described<br />

in the <strong>Technical</strong> <strong>Manual</strong>.<br />

Caution! Electrostatic sensitive components<br />

The printed circuit board contains components at risk<br />

from electrostatic charges. Therefore, avoid touching<br />

them.<br />

Mounting<br />

Wall mounting on 1-gang back box.<br />

1. Strip the connecting cable to a suitable length. Remove the<br />

cable shield and the ground wire up to the cable sheath.<br />

2. If you want to connect the switch to a terminal, order no.<br />

19 0700 x0, or display module, order no. 19 0700 80, or a<br />

RAB, order no. 19 0701 00, connect the connecting cable to<br />

the connector 7 as per Fig. D.<br />

3. If you want to connect the switch to a terminal, order no.<br />

10 0700 x0, or display module, order no. 10 0700 8x, or a<br />

RAB, order no. 10 0701 x0, connect the connecting cable to<br />

the connector 7 as per Fig. E.<br />

4. Screw the switch 4 to the back box 5 with the screws 3 of the<br />

back box.<br />

5. Insert central plate 1 into the frame 2.<br />

6. Press the central plate 1 together with frame 2 onto the switch<br />

until it engages audibly on both sides.<br />

Dismantling<br />

1. Lever frame 2 together with central plate 1 off the wall using a<br />

screw driver, see Fig. C.<br />

2. Undo the screws 3 of the back box and remove the switch 4<br />

from the back box.<br />

3. Unscrew the connecting cable of the connector from the rear<br />

of the switch 4.<br />

00 8814 10, 10/12 (Rev. 2.0) 1<br />

<strong>Technical</strong> <strong>Manual</strong> Page 116<br />

6<br />

4 Front side 4 Rear side<br />

1* Central plate for 1 button & 1 connection<br />

socket, order no. 19 9201 04<br />

2* Frame, internal dimension: 55 x 55 mm<br />

3* Screws of the back box<br />

4 Call switch with connection socket<br />

5* Back box, 1‐gang<br />

6 DIP switch or jumper<br />

7 Connector<br />

* Not included with product delivery..<br />

1*<br />

1*<br />

2*<br />

3*<br />

2*<br />

6<br />

3*<br />

4<br />

7<br />

5*


Call switch with connection socket, order no. 19 0704 00<br />

Connection on terminal, order no. 19 0700 x0, or display module, order no. 19 0700 80, or RAB,<br />

order no. 19 0701 00 (CONCENTO PLUS system)<br />

GND<br />

Reassurance light<br />

See table below<br />

Call input<br />

+24 V<br />

Order noo. 19 0700 x0<br />

or 19 0700 80<br />

or 19 0701 00<br />

Device Order no.<br />

Display module 19 0700 80<br />

RAB<br />

19 0701 00<br />

Terminal 19 0700 x0<br />

Light switching - see below<br />

IY(ST)Y 2x2x0.8 mm<br />

BK<br />

YE<br />

WH/YE<br />

RD<br />

IY(ST)Y 2x2x0.8 mm<br />

Call type Reassurance light Call input<br />

1 )<br />

WC Call WL WR<br />

Call Bed 1 RL R1<br />

Call Bed 2 RL<br />

R2<br />

Call Bed 3 RL R3<br />

WC Call WL R3<br />

Call Bed 1 RL R1<br />

Call Bed 2 RL<br />

R2<br />

1 ) Note! Many inputs of the display module, RAB and terminals are configurable, i.e<br />

the call type can be changed. In addition there are further inputs available that are also<br />

configurable. For details, read the product leaflet accompanying the respective device.<br />

Several call buttons in the room<br />

Max. 4 call devices can be connected in line or star topology. The max. cable length per input is 20 m. The integrated 120 kOhm<br />

terminating resistor must be active for all call devices (= factory setting).<br />

Caution! Do not change the DIP switch or jumper 6. It must be in the ”RA ON” position.<br />

Light switching<br />

24 V DC not from<br />

nurse call system<br />

Light<br />

230 V AC<br />

Recommended pulse relays:<br />

Pulse relay<br />

LT1<br />

LT1<br />

GND<br />

RL<br />

RT<br />

+24 V<br />

Connector 7<br />

on switch<br />

00 8814 10, 10/12 (Rev. 2.0) 2<br />

<strong>Technical</strong> <strong>Manual</strong> Page 117<br />

WH(YE)<br />

YE<br />

Pulse relay (electronic): Pulse relay (mechanical*): Switching relay (mechanical) *):<br />

ELTAKO, ES60-TX60-24VDC<br />

ELTAKO, ES75-100-12..24 VDC<br />

SCHIELE entrelec TX60-24V<br />

BIAIG electronics TX60-24V<br />

ELTAKO, 1S9-24 VDC<br />

ELTAKO, S91-100-24 VDC<br />

Anti-surge diode<br />

min. 1N4007<br />

LT1<br />

LT1<br />

GND<br />

RL<br />

RT<br />

+24 V<br />

Connector 7 on switch<br />

Light button on pear push switch<br />

ELTAKO, R12-100-24 VDC (for DIN rail)<br />

ELTAKO, R91-100-24 VDC (Flush-mounted, surface-mounted version)<br />

FINDER, 49.61-7024.4050<br />

<strong>Tunstall</strong> <strong>GmbH</strong>, Orkotten 66, 48291 Telgte, www.tunstall.de


<strong>Tunstall</strong> <strong>GmbH</strong>, Orkotten 66, 48291 Telgte, www.tunstall.de<br />

Call switch with connection socket, order no. 19 0704 00<br />

Connection on terminal, order no. 10 0700 x0, or display module, order no. 10 0700 8x, or RAB,<br />

order no. 10 0701 x0 (Concento system)<br />

Device<br />

Display module<br />

RAB<br />

Terminating resistor<br />

Several call devices can be connected in line topolgy. Star topology is not permissible. The maximum cable length<br />

per input is 15 m.<br />

The integrated 120 kOhm terminating resistor must be active in the case of the last call device at an input.<br />

The integrated 120 kOhm terminating resistor must be inactive in the case of all other call devices at the input.<br />

The terminating resistor is set to active at the factory. The terminating resistor is activated and deactivated via the DIP switch or<br />

jumper 6.<br />

6<br />

Terminating resistor active (factory setting)<br />

= DIP switch ON (left) or<br />

= Jumper position left<br />

6<br />

Light switching<br />

24 V DC not from<br />

nurse call system<br />

GND<br />

Reassurance light<br />

See table below<br />

Call input<br />

+24 V<br />

Order no. 10 0700 x0<br />

or 10 0700 8x<br />

or 10 0701 x0<br />

Light<br />

230 V AC<br />

Order no.<br />

10 0700 80<br />

10 0701 00<br />

Display module 10 0700 85<br />

RAB<br />

10 0701 20<br />

Terminal 10 0701 x0<br />

Recommended pulse relays:<br />

Light switching - see below<br />

IY(ST)Y 2x2x0.8 mm<br />

Pulse relay<br />

BK<br />

YE<br />

WH(YE)<br />

RD<br />

IY(ST)Y 2x2x0.8 mm<br />

Call type Reassurance light Call input<br />

WC Call WL WR<br />

Call Bed 1 RL<br />

RT1<br />

Call Bed 2 RL<br />

RT2<br />

WC Call WL<br />

WR<br />

Call Bed 1 RL<br />

RT1<br />

Call Bed 2 RL<br />

RT2<br />

Call Bed 3 RL<br />

RT3<br />

WC Call WL WR<br />

Call Bed 1 RL<br />

RT1<br />

Call Bed 2 RL<br />

RT2<br />

configurable RL R5<br />

configurable RL R6<br />

LT1<br />

LT1<br />

GND<br />

RL<br />

RT<br />

+24 V<br />

Connector 7<br />

on switch<br />

Anti-surge diode<br />

min. 1N4007<br />

00 8814 10, 10/12 (Rev. 2.0) 3<br />

<strong>Technical</strong> <strong>Manual</strong> Page 118<br />

WH(YE)<br />

YE<br />

LT1<br />

LT1<br />

GND<br />

RL<br />

RT<br />

+24 V<br />

Connector 7<br />

on switch<br />

Terminating resistor not active<br />

= DIP switch OFF (right) or<br />

= Jumper position right<br />

Pulse relay (electronic): Pulse relay (mechanical*): Switching relay (mechanical) *):<br />

ELTAKO, ES60-TX60-24VDC<br />

ELTAKO, ES75-100-12..24 VDC<br />

SCHIELE entrelec TX60-24V<br />

BIAIG electronics TX60-24V<br />

ELTAKO, 1S9-24 VDC<br />

ELTAKO, S91-100-24 VDC<br />

Light button on pear push switch<br />

ELTAKO, R12-100-24 VDC (for DIN rail)<br />

ELTAKO, R91-100-24 VDC (Flush-mounted, surface-mounted version)<br />

FINDER, 49.61-7024.4050


<strong>Tunstall</strong> <strong>GmbH</strong>, Orkotten 66, 48291 Telgte, www.tunstall.de<br />

Call switch with 2 connection sockets, order no. 19 0704 20<br />

Red call button with reassurance light and integrated location<br />

light as LED. The reassurance light lights up as soon as a call is<br />

raised. Two equal sockets for connecting a pear push switches or<br />

other plug-in call devices.<br />

Connection to terminal, display module or call/presence combi‐<br />

nation bus (RAB).<br />

Dimensions (HxWxD): approx. 71 x 71 x 20 mm<br />

Weight incl. central plate und frame: approx. 55 g<br />

Standby current consumption: 9.1 mA (without connecting the<br />

connection socketes)<br />

Maximum current consumption: 18.5 mA (without connecting the<br />

connection socketes)<br />

Note! Complete installation of the system is described<br />

in the <strong>Technical</strong> <strong>Manual</strong> beschrieben.<br />

Caution! Electrostatic sensitive components<br />

The PCB contains components at risk from electrostatic<br />

charges. Therefore, avoid touching them.<br />

Mounting<br />

Wall mounting on 1-gang back box.<br />

1. Strip the connecting cable to a suitable length. Remove the<br />

cable shield and the ground wire up to the cable sheath.<br />

2. If you want to connect the switch to a terminal, order no.<br />

19 0700 x0, or display module, order no. 19 0700 80, or a<br />

RAB, order no. 19 0701 00, connect the connecting cable to<br />

the connector 7 as per Fig. D.<br />

3. If you want to connect the switch to a terminal, order no.<br />

10 0700 x0, or display module, order no. 10 0700 8x, or a<br />

RAB, order no. 10 0701 x0, connect the connecting cable to<br />

the connector 7 as per Fig. E.<br />

4. Screw the switch 4 to the back box 5 with the screws 3 of the<br />

back box.<br />

5. Insert central plate 1 into the frame 2.<br />

6. Press the central plate 1 together with frame 2 onto the switch<br />

until it engages audibly on both sides.<br />

Dismantling<br />

1. Lever frame 2 together with central plate 1 off the wall using a<br />

screw driver, see Fig. C.<br />

2. Undo the screws 3 of the back box and remove the switch 4<br />

from the back box.<br />

3. Unscrew the connecting cable of the connector from the rear<br />

of the switch 4.<br />

00 8814 11, 10/12 (Rev. 2.0) 1<br />

<strong>Technical</strong> <strong>Manual</strong> Page 119<br />

6<br />

4 Front side 4 Rear side<br />

1* Central plate for 1 button & 2 connection<br />

sockets, order no. 19 9201 08<br />

2* Frame, internal dimension: 55 x 55 mm<br />

3* Screws of the back box<br />

4 Call switch with 2 connection sockets<br />

5* Back box, 1‐gang<br />

6 DIP switch or jumper<br />

7 Connector<br />

* Not included with product delivery..<br />

1*<br />

1*<br />

2*<br />

3*<br />

2*<br />

6<br />

3*<br />

4<br />

7<br />

5*


Call switch with 2 connection sockets, order no. 19 0704 20<br />

Connection on terminal, order no. 19 0700 x0, or display module, order no. 19 0700 80, or RAB,<br />

order no. 19 0701 00 (CONCENTO PLUS system)<br />

GND<br />

Reassurance light<br />

See table below<br />

Call input<br />

+24 V<br />

Order no. 19 0700 x0<br />

or 19 0700 80<br />

or 19 0701 00<br />

Device Order no.<br />

Display module 19 0700 80<br />

RAB<br />

19 0701 00<br />

Terminal 19 0700 x0<br />

BK<br />

YE<br />

WH(YE)<br />

RD<br />

IY(ST)Y 2x2x0.8 mm<br />

Call type Reassurance light Call input<br />

1 )<br />

WC Call WL WR<br />

Call Bed 1 RL R1<br />

Call Bed 2 RL<br />

R2<br />

Call Bed 3 RL R3<br />

WC Call WL R3<br />

Call Bed 1 RL R1<br />

Call Bed 2 RL<br />

R2<br />

1 ) Note! Many inputs of the display module, RAB and terminals are configurable, i.e<br />

the call type can be changed. In addition there are further inputs available that are also<br />

configurable. For details, read the product leaflet accompanying the respective device.<br />

Several call buttons in the room<br />

Max. 4 call devices can be connected in line or star topology. The max. cable length per input is 20 m. The integrated 120 kOhm<br />

terminating resistor must be active for all call devices (= factory setting).<br />

Light switching<br />

same as LT1, but for pear push switch 2<br />

24 V DC not from<br />

the nurse call system<br />

Light<br />

230 V AC<br />

Light switching - see below<br />

IY(ST)Y 2x2x0.8 mm<br />

Pulse relay<br />

LT2<br />

LT2<br />

LT1<br />

LT1<br />

GND<br />

RL<br />

RT<br />

+24 V<br />

Connector 7<br />

on switch<br />

00 8814 11, 10/12 (Rev. 2.0) 2<br />

<strong>Technical</strong> <strong>Manual</strong> Page 120<br />

RD<br />

BK<br />

WH(YE)<br />

YE<br />

Caution! Do not change the DIP switch or jumper 6. It must be in the ”RA ON” position.<br />

Recommended pulse relays:<br />

Anti-surge diode<br />

min. 1N4007<br />

Pulse relay (electronic): Pulse relay (mechanical*): Switching relay (mechanical) *):<br />

ELTAKO, ES60-TX60-24VDC<br />

ELTAKO, ES75-100-12..24 VDC<br />

SCHIELE entrelec TX60-24V<br />

BIAIG electronics TX60-24V<br />

ELTAKO, 1S9-24 VDC<br />

ELTAKO, S91-100-24 VDC<br />

LT2<br />

LT2<br />

LT1<br />

LT1<br />

GND<br />

RL<br />

RT<br />

+24 V<br />

Connector 7 on switch<br />

same as LT1, but pear push switch 2<br />

Light button on pear push switch 1<br />

Pear push switch 1<br />

Pear push switch 2<br />

ELTAKO, R12-100-24 VDC (for DIN rail)<br />

ELTAKO, R91-100-24 VDC (Flush-mounted, surface-mounted version)<br />

FINDER, 49.61-7024.4050<br />

<strong>Tunstall</strong> <strong>GmbH</strong>, Orkotten 66, 48291 Telgte, www.tunstall.de


<strong>Tunstall</strong> <strong>GmbH</strong>, Orkotten 66, 48291 Telgte, www.tunstall.de<br />

Call switch with 2 connection sockets, order no. 19 0704 20<br />

Connection on terminal, order no. 10 0700 x0, or display module, order no. 10 0700 8x, or RAB,<br />

order no. 10 0701 x0 (Concento system)<br />

Device<br />

Display module<br />

RAB<br />

Abschlusswiderstand<br />

Several call devices can be connected in line topolgy. Star topology is not permissible. The maximum cable length<br />

per input is 15 m.<br />

The integrated 120 kOhm terminating resistor must be active in the case of the last call device at an input.<br />

The integrated 120 kOhm terminating resistor must be inactive in the case of all other call devices at the input.<br />

The terminating resistor is set to active at the factory. The terminating resistor is activated and deactivated via the DIP switch or<br />

jumper 6.<br />

Terminating resistor active (factory setting)<br />

Terminating resistor not active<br />

= DIP switch ON (left) or<br />

= DIP switch OFF (right) or<br />

6 6<br />

= Jumper position left<br />

= Jumper position right<br />

Light switching<br />

24 V DC not from<br />

nurse call system<br />

GND<br />

Reassurance light<br />

See table below<br />

Call input<br />

+24 V<br />

Order no. 10 0700 x0<br />

or 10 0700 8x<br />

or 10 0701 x0<br />

Light<br />

230 V AC<br />

Order no.<br />

10 0700 80<br />

10 0701 00<br />

Display module 10 0700 85<br />

RAB<br />

10 0701 20<br />

Terminal 10 0701 x0<br />

Recommended pulse relays:<br />

Pulse relay<br />

BK<br />

YE<br />

WH(YE)<br />

RD<br />

IY(ST)Y 2x2x0.8 mm<br />

Call type Reassurance light Call input<br />

WC Call WL WR<br />

Call Bed 1 RL<br />

RT1<br />

Call Bed 2 RL<br />

RT2<br />

WC Call WL<br />

WR<br />

Call Bed 1 RL<br />

RT1<br />

Call Bed 2 RL<br />

RT2<br />

Call Bed 3 RL<br />

RT3<br />

WC Call WL WR<br />

Call Bed 1 RL<br />

RT1<br />

Call Bed 2 RL<br />

RT2<br />

configurable RL R5<br />

configurable RL R6<br />

LT2<br />

LT2<br />

LT1<br />

LT1<br />

GND<br />

RL<br />

RT<br />

+24 V<br />

Connector 7<br />

on switch<br />

Anti-surge diode<br />

min. 1N4007<br />

00 8814 11, 10/12 (Rev. 2.0) 3<br />

<strong>Technical</strong> <strong>Manual</strong> Page 121<br />

RD<br />

BK<br />

WH(YE)<br />

YE<br />

LT2<br />

LT2<br />

LT1<br />

LT1<br />

GND<br />

RL<br />

RT<br />

+24 V<br />

Pulse relay (electronic): Pulse relay (mechanical*): Switching relay (mechanical) *):<br />

ELTAKO, ES60-TX60-24VDC<br />

ELTAKO, ES75-100-12..24 VDC<br />

SCHIELE entrelec TX60-24V<br />

BIAIG electronics TX60-24V<br />

Light switching - see below<br />

IY(ST)Y 2x2x0.8 mm<br />

ELTAKO, 1S9-24 VDC<br />

ELTAKO, S91-100-24 VDC<br />

Connector 7<br />

on switch<br />

same as LT1, but for pear push switch 2 same as LT1, but pear push switch 2<br />

Light button on pear push switch 1<br />

Pear push switch 1<br />

Pear push switch 2<br />

ELTAKO, R12-100-24 VDC (for DIN rail)<br />

ELTAKO, R91-100-24 VDC (Flush-mounted, surface-mounted version)<br />

FINDER, 49.61-7024.4050


12.5 System control<br />

19 0700 10 Group Electronic (GE)<br />

19 0700 00 Management Interface<br />

CONCENTO PLUS - <strong>Technical</strong> <strong>Manual</strong>, 11/12 (Rev. 3.0), 00 8814 14<br />

<strong>Technical</strong> <strong>Manual</strong> Page 122<br />

12. Product leaflets


<strong>Tunstall</strong> <strong>GmbH</strong>, Orkotten 66, 48291 Telgte, www.tunstall.de<br />

Group electronic (GE), order no. 19 0700 10<br />

The group electronic (abbreviation: GE) is for controlling a ward<br />

bus of a nurse call system, type CONCENTO PLUS (max. 40 ward<br />

bus users). All GE units are connected to each other via the<br />

group bus. Additionally one management interface and one fire<br />

alarm interface can be connected to the group bus (max. 40<br />

group bus users).<br />

It is possible to install the GE in an existing nurse call system of<br />

the type ”Concento” if the ConLog II or ConLog PLUS software is<br />

used in the system.<br />

Dimensions incl. mounting plate (HxWxD): 190 x 102 x 50 mm<br />

GE weight: approx. 295 g, mounting plate weight: 60 g<br />

Standby current consumption: 60 mA at 24 V DC<br />

The mounting kit (order no. 19 0700 90), i.e. the mounting plate<br />

with three connectors, must be ordered separately.<br />

Note! Complete installation of the system is described<br />

in the <strong>Technical</strong> <strong>Manual</strong>.<br />

Caution! Electrostatic sensitive components<br />

The printed circuit boards in the GE contain electrostatic<br />

sensitive components. Therefore, avoid touching them.<br />

Mounting in an existing Concento nurse call system<br />

If you install the GE in a nurse call system with speech transmis‐<br />

sion and if terminals, GEs or interfaces are installed there, the<br />

order no. of which does not begin with ”19 07”, you must set the<br />

type ”Concento” on the GE instead of ”CONCENTOPLUS ” (factory<br />

setting).<br />

Proceed as follows to set ”Concento” in an existing Concento<br />

nurse call system (see Fig. B):<br />

1. Lever off the cover 2 on the side of the GE 1 with a<br />

screwdriver and then remove it.<br />

2. Slide the slide switch upwards into the ”Concento” position.<br />

3. Replace the cover 2 and press it on until it clicks into place.<br />

Mounting<br />

Wall mounting preferably in the electrical sub-distribution unit.<br />

1. Strip the connecting cable to a suitable length. Remove the<br />

cable shield and the ground wire up to the cable sheath.<br />

2. Connect the wires according to Fig. F to the three connectors<br />

included with the mounting kit.<br />

3. Set the two DIP switches beside the connection field 8 on the<br />

rear of the GE as per Fig. E.<br />

4. Push the three connected connectors through the opening of<br />

the mounting plate 5.<br />

5. Securely screw the mounting plate 5 to the back box 6 with<br />

the four back box screws 4.<br />

6. Plug the three wired connectors onto the connection field 8 on<br />

the back of the GE, see Fig. A.<br />

7. Attach the GE 1 to the mounting plate 5 so that the four<br />

protruding screws 3 are inserted into the ”keyholes” of the<br />

mounting plate 5.<br />

8. Slide down the GE 1 until it clicks into place<br />

00 8814 01, 10/12 (Rev. 3.0) 1<br />

<strong>Technical</strong> <strong>Manual</strong> Page 123<br />

1 Front view<br />

2<br />

3<br />

3<br />

3<br />

3<br />

1 Rear view<br />

1 Group electronic (abbreviation: GE)<br />

2 Cover on the side of GE<br />

3 Four protruding screws<br />

4* Four back box screws<br />

5* Mounting plate<br />

6* Back box<br />

7* Mounting plate latch<br />

8 Connection field<br />

* Not included with product delivery.<br />

1<br />

1<br />

2<br />

2<br />

3<br />

3<br />

3<br />

3<br />

4<br />

4<br />

7<br />

8<br />

Slide switch<br />

Concento<br />

1<br />

CONCENTO PLUS<br />

(Factory setting)<br />

4<br />

4<br />

5<br />

6


Group electronic (GE), order no. 19 0700 10<br />

Dismantling<br />

1. With the thumb of one hand, push the latch 7 on the<br />

underside of the GE 1 towards the wall so that the lock is<br />

released.<br />

2. At the same time and with the other hand, slide up the GE 1<br />

approximately 1 cm and then remove it from the mounting<br />

plate.<br />

3. Unplug the connectors from connection field 8 on the rear of<br />

the GE 1, see Fig. A.<br />

Connection points and DIP switches on the connection field<br />

8<br />

8<br />

Relay NO<br />

Relay COM<br />

Relay NC<br />

GND<br />

1<br />

GSD<br />

GND<br />

+24V<br />

2 3 4<br />

nc<br />

GSC<br />

nc<br />

GSB<br />

nc<br />

GSA<br />

00 8814 01, 10/12 (Rev. 3.0) 2<br />

<strong>Technical</strong> <strong>Manual</strong> Page 124<br />

+24V<br />

IN1<br />

GA<br />

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12<br />

IA<br />

IB<br />

ISA<br />

ISB<br />

ISC<br />

ISD<br />

A1<br />

A2<br />

GB<br />

GND<br />

10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1<br />

SB<br />

GB<br />

12<br />

ON<br />

OFF<br />

Connecting the connecting cable to the connectors<br />

Note! There is no bridge between 1 and 2<br />

(GND) and no bridge between 3 and 4<br />

(+24 V) in the connector. The bridges are<br />

on the printed circuit board.<br />

Fault signal relay (potential-free)<br />

Switching power: 2 A at 24 V DC<br />

NO<br />

COM<br />

NC<br />

Group bus (speech)<br />

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12<br />

ISA<br />

GSD<br />

BN<br />

ISB<br />

GSC<br />

WH(BN)<br />

GSB<br />

GN<br />

10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1<br />

IA<br />

IB<br />

WH(YE)<br />

YE<br />

Ward bus (data)<br />

Ward bus (speech)<br />

WH(GN)<br />

GND<br />

1<br />

GN<br />

ISC<br />

ISD<br />

A1<br />

A2<br />

WH(BN)<br />

BN<br />

300 mA at 24 V DC<br />

BN<br />

+24V<br />

2 3 4<br />

Group bus (data)<br />

Output: Fault signal lamp<br />

Output: Group lamp<br />

300 mA at 24 V DC<br />

1<br />

5<br />

Underside<br />

DIP switch 1<br />

ON: The GE is the first or last bus user (= bus<br />

termination) on the ward bus<br />

OFF: The GE is neither the first nor the last<br />

bus user on the ward bus<br />

DIP switch 2<br />

ON: The GE is the first or last bus user (= bus<br />

termination) on the group bus<br />

OFF: The GE is neither the first nor the last<br />

bus user on the group bus<br />

Voltage supply<br />

WH(GN) GSA<br />

Mains failure message IN1<br />

WH(YE) GA<br />

GB<br />

GND<br />

YE<br />

4 pole connector<br />

Max. wire cross section: 2.5 mm 2<br />

GND<br />

12 pole connector<br />

10 pole connector<br />

Fault signal contact of<br />

the power supply unit (24 V DC)<br />

7<br />

<strong>Tunstall</strong> <strong>GmbH</strong>, Orkotten 66, 48291 Telgte, www.tunstall.de


<strong>Tunstall</strong> <strong>GmbH</strong>, Orkotten 66, 48291 Telgte, www.tunstall.de<br />

Group electronic (GE), order no. 19 0700 10<br />

Putting a GE into operation<br />

When you have performed all the above steps for installing the<br />

GE, put the GE into operation:<br />

1. Switch on the power supply.<br />

The display briefly shows the GE's device ID.<br />

The device ID is a 7-digit number that can also be found<br />

on the device label, e.g. 0010001.<br />

The display briefly shows ”Adr 9999” and ”PGR 00”.<br />

The display continuously shows: ”WAIT FOR CONFIG”. The<br />

LED on the right below the display is on. See Fig. G.<br />

2. Program the GE via the group bus. For details, refer to the<br />

documentation of the ConLog software.<br />

When the GE is completely programmed, the LED on the<br />

right below the display goes out. The display changes to<br />

the operating display, see Fig. H.<br />

The GE is in operation.<br />

GE in normal operation:<br />

Number of active messages<br />

(calls, presences, faults) on the<br />

ward bus<br />

Note! For LED indicator lights see<br />

Fig. I.<br />

LED indicator lights during operation<br />

Button 1: GE function on the group bus<br />

LED is on.<br />

LED is off.<br />

LED flashing<br />

(4 s on / 4 s off)<br />

GE is Master.<br />

GE is Slave.<br />

Button 3: Clear call memory<br />

Only for <strong>Tunstall</strong> engineers.<br />

GE is not connected to<br />

the group bus or faulty or<br />

is the only group bus<br />

user.<br />

Button 5: Group bus polling<br />

LED is on. Fault on group bus.<br />

LED is off. Fault on group bus.<br />

LED flashes<br />

rhythmically.<br />

Group bus ok.<br />

00 8814 01, 10/12 (Rev. 3.0) 3<br />

<strong>Technical</strong> <strong>Manual</strong> Page 125<br />

Display before putting into operation<br />

WAIT FOR<br />

CONFIG<br />

LED is on. It does not go out until the GE<br />

is fully programmed and is in operation.<br />

Note! When the LED is on, the fault signal<br />

relay (Fig. F) is pulled.<br />

Time of day<br />

Press one of the buttons shortly to switch<br />

on the display light for 10 seconds.<br />

Press the button to scroll through the details of<br />

the active messages (calls, presence, faults)<br />

on the ward bus.<br />

Button 2: Operating state of the GE<br />

LED is off. GE ok.<br />

LED is on. GE faulty or not<br />

completely programmed.<br />

Button 4: GE update status<br />

Only for <strong>Tunstall</strong> engineers.<br />

Button 6: Ward bus polling<br />

LED is on. Fault on ward bus.<br />

LED is off. Fault on ward bus.<br />

LED flashes<br />

rhythmically.<br />

Ward bus ok.


Group electronic (GE), order no. 19 0700 10<br />

Service menu<br />

Starting the service menu<br />

Keep the buttons 1 and 2 simultaneously pressed for 10 sec.<br />

The software revision of the GE (SW Ver.) is displayed. The<br />

service menu is active. The LED indicator lights show the<br />

same as in normal operation, see Fig. I.<br />

Scrolling through the service menu<br />

Press the button 2 to scroll forwards in the service menu.<br />

Press the button 1 to scroll backwards in the service menu.<br />

Saving changes and exiting the service menu<br />

Keep the buttons 1 and 2 simultaneously pressed for 3 sec.<br />

The changes are saved. The service menu is no longer<br />

active. The display shows the operating display, see Fig. H.<br />

Timeout for the service menu! If no button is pressed for longer<br />

than 1 minute, the service menu is ended automatically without<br />

saving the changes.<br />

Button 1<br />

Button 3<br />

Button 5<br />

Changing the menu language of the GE<br />

1. In the service menu, scroll to the ”Language” menupoint as described above in the ”service menu” section.<br />

2. Press the button 4 to select the ”Language” menu point.<br />

3. Press button 1 as often as necessary until the desired language appears.<br />

4. Press the button 2 in order to apply the new setting.<br />

The set language is applied. Note: The setting is not saved until the service menu is ended.<br />

Displaying the number of programmed ward bus users<br />

1. In the service menu, scroll to the ”Ward-Dev” menu point as<br />

described above in the ”service menu” section.<br />

The number of ward bus users programmed into the GE is<br />

displayed. This number must match the number of existing<br />

ward bus users.<br />

2. If the displayed number does not match the number of<br />

existing ward bus users, correct the programming with the<br />

ConLog software.<br />

00 8814 01, 10/12 (Rev. 3.0) 4<br />

<strong>Technical</strong> <strong>Manual</strong> Page 126<br />

Button 2<br />

Button 4<br />

Button 6<br />

Displaying the active timezone<br />

1. In the service menu, scroll to the ”timezone”<br />

menu point as described above in the ”service<br />

menu” section.<br />

The active timezone/shift is displayed.<br />

Testing the group lamp<br />

Testing the fault signal lamp<br />

Proceed as follows to test the connected group lamp (see Fig. F): Proceed as follows to test the connected fault<br />

1. In the service menu, scroll to the ”Test Gr-Lamp” menu point signal lamp (see Fig. F):<br />

as described above in the ”service menu” section.<br />

1. In the service menu, scroll to the ”Test Er-Lamp”<br />

2. Press the button 4 to start the test.<br />

menu point as described above in the ”service<br />

The connected group lamp is on for 30 seconds.<br />

menu” section.<br />

2. Press the button 4 to start the test.<br />

The connected fault signal lamp is on for 30<br />

seconds.<br />

Testing the fault signal relay<br />

Proceed as follows to test the function of the fault signal relay<br />

(see Fig. F):<br />

1. In the service menu, scroll to the ”Test Relay” menu point as<br />

described above in the ”service menu” section.<br />

2. Press button 4 to switch the relay.<br />

The relay is switched.<br />

You can switch the relay (toggle) as often as you like by pressing<br />

button 4.<br />

3. To ensure that the relay is in the correct state after the test,<br />

perform a GE reset by keeping buttons 5 and 6 pressed for 5<br />

seconds.<br />

Simulating a mains power failure<br />

Proceed as follows to simulate a mains power fai‐<br />

lure (see Fig. F):<br />

1. In the service menu, scroll to the ”Simulate<br />

NetError” menu point as described above in the<br />

”service menu” section.<br />

2. Press button 4 to simulate a mains power<br />

failure.<br />

A mains power failure (fault) is displayed in the<br />

nurse call system for 30 seconds.<br />

<strong>Tunstall</strong> <strong>GmbH</strong>, Orkotten 66, 48291 Telgte, www.tunstall.de


<strong>Tunstall</strong> <strong>GmbH</strong>, Orkotten 66, D-48291 Telgte, www.tunstall.de<br />

Management Interface, Order no. 19 0700 00<br />

Interface for transferring call and system messages, speech<br />

phrases, and connection to speech communication via PBX. Ad‐<br />

ditional interfaces for system administration and for transmission<br />

of recorded data. Connection to the group bus or to a ward bus.<br />

Only 1 Management Interface per group bus.<br />

Only 1 Management Interface per ward bus.<br />

Dimensions (HxWxD): 135 x 190 x 90 mm, weight: approx. 640 g<br />

Current consumption: 240 mA at +24 V DC<br />

Note! The complete installation of the system is<br />

described in the <strong>Technical</strong> <strong>Manual</strong>.<br />

Caution! Electrostatic sensitive components<br />

The printed circuit boards within the control panel 1<br />

include electrostatic sensitive components. Therefore<br />

avoid touching.<br />

Dismantling<br />

1. Use a screw driver to turn both locks 6 to position “open“, see<br />

Fig. B.<br />

2. Hold the control panel 1 with both hands and push both fixing<br />

clips 5 simultaneously.<br />

3. Detach control panel 1 carefully. Caution! Control panel and<br />

base are interconnected via a flat cable 7, see Fig. C.<br />

4. Disconnect flat cable 7 from base 2.<br />

Mounting<br />

Fix the Management Interface to the wall on a one gang back<br />

box or on a cable duct.<br />

1. Strip the connection cable to the appropriate length. Remove<br />

the cable shield and ground wire up to the cable sheath.<br />

2. Fix base 2 at the four mounting holes to the wall using screws<br />

and dowels.<br />

3. Lead the connection wires through the opening in the base 2.<br />

Note! Only one a/b connection may be made either at the con‐<br />

nection field 8 or at the RJ11 socket 9.<br />

4. If you want to use the Management Interface on the group<br />

bus, connect the connection wires according to Fig. E. If you<br />

want to use the Management Interface on a ward bus,<br />

connect the connection wires according to Fig. F.<br />

5. Set jumper JP1 in the control panel 1 to ON position<br />

according to Fig. D. JP1 activates a Li battery for the clock<br />

module as voltage buffer in case of power failure.<br />

6. If you install the Management Interface in an existing nurse<br />

call system with speech transmission, you have to slide the<br />

slide switch according to Fig. D.<br />

You have to slide the slide switch to „Concento“ position, if<br />

one of the following conditions is met:<br />

- Min. one group electronic has the order no. 10 0700 10.<br />

- Min. at one group electronic of order no. 19 0700 10 the<br />

slide switch is set to the upwards „Concento“ position<br />

(refer to product leaflet for group electronic).<br />

7. Set jumper JP3 according to Fig. E or F.<br />

8. Connect flat cable 7.<br />

9. Press control panel 1 to the base 2 until it audibly snaps in.<br />

10.Use a screw driver to turn both locks 6 to position “secured”,<br />

see Fig. B.<br />

11. Attach the patch cords to the connectors 9 according to Fig.<br />

G.<br />

00 8814 00, 10/12 (Rev. 4.0) 1<br />

<strong>Technical</strong> <strong>Manual</strong> Page 127<br />

1<br />

1 Control panel (with electronics)<br />

2 Base (with connection field)<br />

3 Keypad<br />

4 Display<br />

5 Fixing clip<br />

6 Lock<br />

7 Flat cable<br />

8 Connection field<br />

9 Connectors<br />

6 open =<br />

6 secured =<br />

9<br />

7<br />

4<br />

9<br />

9<br />

1<br />

3<br />

5<br />

7<br />

8<br />

2<br />

1<br />

2<br />

2<br />

5<br />

6<br />

Slide switch:<br />

= CONCENTO PLUS (factory setting)<br />

= Concento<br />

JP1<br />

5<br />

6<br />

JP1:<br />

= OFF<br />

= ON<br />

In operation jumper JP1 must<br />

always be set to ON position.<br />

1


Management Interface, Order no. 19 0700 00<br />

Connections to connection field (connection to the group bus)<br />

JP3:<br />

= ON: Management<br />

Interface is first or last<br />

bus user<br />

(= bus termination)<br />

= OFF: Management<br />

Interface is neither first<br />

nor last bus user<br />

group bus (speech)<br />

GSD<br />

GSC<br />

GSB<br />

a/b connection to the analogue<br />

telephone network (alternative to the<br />

connection to the RJ11 socket, Fig. G).<br />

8<br />

BN<br />

WH(BN)<br />

GN<br />

GSA<br />

TB<br />

TA<br />

NO<br />

NC<br />

COM<br />

GB<br />

GA<br />

YE<br />

WH(YE)<br />

Connections to connection field (connection to a ward bus)<br />

JP3:<br />

= ON: Management<br />

Interface is first or last<br />

bus user<br />

(= bus termination)<br />

= OFF: Management<br />

Interface is neither first<br />

nor last bus user<br />

ward bus (speech)<br />

ISD<br />

ISC<br />

ISB<br />

BN<br />

WH(BN)<br />

GN<br />

a/b connection to the analogue telephone<br />

network (alternative to the connection to the<br />

RJ11 socket, Fig. G).<br />

8<br />

JP3 JP2<br />

00 8814 00, 10/12 (Rev. 4.0) 2<br />

<strong>Technical</strong> <strong>Manual</strong> Page 128<br />

WH(GN)<br />

WH(GN) ISA<br />

TB<br />

TA<br />

NO<br />

NC<br />

COM<br />

WH(YE)<br />

GND<br />

GND<br />

BN<br />

BN<br />

+24 V<br />

+24 V<br />

BU<br />

BU<br />

power supply<br />

group bus (data)<br />

potential free fault message output<br />

IA<br />

IB<br />

Attaching the patch cords to the Management Interface<br />

9<br />

JP3 JP2<br />

YE<br />

GND<br />

GND<br />

BU<br />

BU<br />

+24 V<br />

+24 V<br />

BN<br />

BN<br />

JP2:<br />

= ON<br />

JP2 must always be set to<br />

ON position.<br />

power supply<br />

ward bus (data)<br />

Potential free fault message output<br />

JP2:<br />

= ON<br />

JP2 must always be set to<br />

ON position<br />

not connected<br />

RJ11 socket: a/b connection to the analogue telephone network.<br />

Sub D socket, 9 pole (RS232): ConLog PLUS or ConLog II software,<br />

max. 10 m cable length<br />

Sub D plug, 9 pole (RS232): ESPA 4.4.4 for paging system or DECT,<br />

max. 10 m cable length<br />

not connected<br />

RJ45 socket: network connection for service access by FTP for <strong>Tunstall</strong> <strong>GmbH</strong> (password protected)<br />

Reset button: use e.g. after having set the IP address, see Fig. O<br />

<strong>Tunstall</strong> <strong>GmbH</strong>, Orkotten 66, D-48291 Telgte, www.tunstall.de


<strong>Tunstall</strong> <strong>GmbH</strong>, Orkotten 66, D-48291 Telgte, www.tunstall.de<br />

Management Interface, Order no. 19 0700 00<br />

Standby display<br />

Time / Date: (adjustable in the Management Interface,<br />

“Time / Date” menu).<br />

Timezone: Active timezone according to ConLog setting<br />

Timezone Mode: According to ConLog setting.<br />

Active Messages: Number of calls, presences and faults.<br />

ID: Factory setting (can be changed in the<br />

Management Interface, “Device Settings”<br />

menu).<br />

-> ??? : Management Interface did not yet receive<br />

any settings from ConLog.<br />

Add: Address/room number of the Management<br />

Interface (ConLog setting).<br />

LGR: Logical group of the Management Interface<br />

(ConLog setting).<br />

PGR: Physical group of the Management Interface<br />

(ConLog setting).<br />

IP / Subnet: IP address for <strong>Tunstall</strong> service access via<br />

FTP<br />

(set up in the Management Interface,<br />

“Device Settings” menu).<br />

Symbols indicate the status of the bus line, the ConLog interface,<br />

the telephone module, and the paging module:<br />

green: OK! The module is set to “ON” in the<br />

Management Interface. There is no fault.<br />

red: Fault! The module is set to “ON” in the<br />

Management Interface. There is a fault!<br />

blue: The module is set to “OFF” in the<br />

Management Interface.<br />

Start programming<br />

Access level „User“ for the main settings.<br />

The user password is „0000“.<br />

Access level „Service“ for special settings.<br />

You will obtain the service password from <strong>Tunstall</strong> <strong>GmbH</strong>.<br />

1. In the stand by display press Enter.<br />

“Password“ is displayed.<br />

2. Enter the password, e.g. „0000“ for user access.<br />

3. Press Enter.<br />

The Main Menu is displayed, see Fig. I.<br />

Save changes and complete programming<br />

The changes described on the following pages must be be saved<br />

manually. There is no automatic saving. You have to save the<br />

changes as follows:<br />

1. To save the changes and to complete programming, press<br />

Clear in the main menu.<br />

The following message is displayed: “Save Changes? Press<br />

'Enter' to save. Press any key to cancel.”<br />

2. To save the changes, press Enter.<br />

Timeout for the service menu! If no key is pressed within 120<br />

seconds (adjustable), the menu will be closed automatically<br />

without saving the changes.<br />

Power-safe! If no key is pressed within 30 seconds (adjustable),<br />

the display backlight will be dimmed. After 5 minutes (adjustable)<br />

the display backlight will be switched off. To reactivate the back‐<br />

light press any key.<br />

00 8814 00, 10/12 (Rev. 4.0) 3<br />

<strong>Technical</strong> <strong>Manual</strong> Page 129<br />

Standby display at initial operation<br />

Sunday 00.00.0000 00:00<br />

Timezone: 1-Day<br />

Timezone Mode: automatic<br />

Active Messages: 1<br />

ID: 0010000001 - > ???<br />

Add: 9990<br />

LGR: 001<br />

PGR: 01<br />

IP: 255.255.255.0<br />

Subnet: 255.255.255.0<br />

Bus ConLog Tel. Paging<br />

Standby display in normal operation<br />

Wednesday 06.07.2011 21:37<br />

Timezone: 3-Night<br />

Timezone Mode: automatic<br />

Active Messages: 5<br />

ID: 0010000001<br />

Add: 9990<br />

LGR: 010<br />

PGR: 10<br />

IP: 172.20.053.3<br />

Subnet: 255.255.0.0<br />

Bus ConLog Tel. Paging<br />

Time / Date<br />

Paging Module<br />

ConLog Interface<br />

Telephone Module<br />

System Test<br />

Device Settings<br />

Menu Settings<br />

Info...<br />

Main Menu<br />

Bus ConLog Tel. Paging<br />

How to operate the Management Interface:<br />

= Scroll up the menu.<br />

= Scroll down the menu.<br />

= Select marked menu item.<br />

= To go back to the higher-level menu.<br />

If you press the button in the Main Menu,<br />

you will be asked to save your changes<br />

as well.


Management Interface, Order no. 19 0700 00<br />

Setting time and date<br />

1. Select “Time / Date” in the Main Menu.<br />

The “Time / Date” menu is displayed, see Fig. J.<br />

2. Select “Set Time”.<br />

The digit to be entered is flashing.<br />

3. Enter the current time.<br />

4. Select “Set Date”.<br />

The digit to be entered is flashing.<br />

5. Enter the current date using the format yyyy.mm.dd.<br />

6. To close the “Time / Date” menu, press Clear.<br />

Note! The time set here will be overwritten by the ConLog<br />

software.<br />

Note! The “Auto. daylight saving conversion” feature is currently<br />

not used. However, the daylight saving conversion is<br />

automatically performed by the ConLog software.<br />

Settings only with the service password<br />

If the Management Interface is connected to the ward bus, the<br />

menu item “Send time to System” must be changed from factory<br />

setting “Yes” to “No”.<br />

Paging module settings<br />

1. Select “Paging Module” in the Main Menu.<br />

The “Paging Module” menu is displayed, see Fig. K.<br />

2. Select „Paging Module ON/OFF“.<br />

The submenu “Paging Module ON/OFF” is displayed.<br />

3. Select “ON”, if a paging or a DECT system is connected.<br />

Select “OFF”, if no paging and no DECT system is connected.<br />

Sending a test message to a Pager or a DECT telephone<br />

1. Select “Test Message”.<br />

“Pager address” is displayed.<br />

2. Enter the pager address for the test message.<br />

3. Press Enter.<br />

The Test message “Testmessage“ is sent.<br />

4. To close the “Paging Module” menu, press Clear.<br />

Settings only with the service password<br />

If required the following factory settings can be changed: Baud<br />

Rate* (1200), Data Bits* (7), Stop Bits* (2), Parity* (Even),<br />

Timeout (500 ms), Retransmission* (9 min), Transmission At‐<br />

tempts (3), Polling Cycle (5 sec), Alias / Room No (Alias).<br />

* = The settings marked with a * will be overwritten by ConLog<br />

settings (“Project Configuration” menu).<br />

ConLog Interface<br />

If the Management Interface is connected to the group bus, the<br />

menu item “ConLog connection” must stay set to the factory set‐<br />

ting “Yes”.<br />

If the Management Interface is connected to the ward bus, the<br />

menu item “ConLog connection” must be changed from factory<br />

setting “Yes” to “No”:<br />

1. Select “ConLog Interface” in the Main Menu.<br />

The “ConLog Interface” menu is displayed, see Fig. L.<br />

2. Select “ConLog Connection”.<br />

The submenu “ConLog connection” is displayed.<br />

3. Select “OFF”.<br />

4. To close the “ConLog Interface” menu, press Clear.<br />

Note! For the standard baud rate (9600) the sync cycle must be<br />

changed to 3 sec in the Conlog II software. Higher baud rates<br />

can be used after consulting <strong>Tunstall</strong> <strong>GmbH</strong>.<br />

Set Time<br />

Set Date<br />

00 8814 00, 10/12 (Rev. 4.0) 4<br />

<strong>Technical</strong> <strong>Manual</strong> Page 130<br />

Time / Date<br />

Auto. daylight saving conversion<br />

15:23<br />

2011.07.31<br />

OFF<br />

Bus ConLog Tel. Paging<br />

Paging Module<br />

Paging Module ON/OFF<br />

Test Message<br />

ON<br />

Bus ConLog Tel. Paging<br />

ConLog Interface<br />

ConLog Connection<br />

ON<br />

Bus ConLog Tel. Paging<br />

<strong>Tunstall</strong> <strong>GmbH</strong>, Orkotten 66, D-48291 Telgte, www.tunstall.de


<strong>Tunstall</strong> <strong>GmbH</strong>, Orkotten 66, D-48291 Telgte, www.tunstall.de<br />

Management Interface, Order no. 19 0700 00<br />

Telephone module settings<br />

1. Select “Telephone module” in the Main Menu.<br />

The “Telephone Module” menu is displayed, see Fig. M.<br />

2. Select “Telephone Module ON/OFF”.<br />

The submenu “Telephone module ON/OFF” is displayed.<br />

3. Select “ON”, if a telephone system is connected.<br />

Select “OFF”, if no telephone system is connected.<br />

Test telephone call<br />

1. In the “Telephone Module“ menu select “Test Call”.<br />

“Tel. No.:” is displayed.<br />

2. Enter the telephone number to be dialled.<br />

3. Press Enter.<br />

The telephone is called. Then a speech message is<br />

transmitted, which should be followed.<br />

4. To close the “Telephone Module” menu, press Clear.<br />

Settings only with the service password<br />

If the Management Interface is connected to the ward bus, the<br />

menu item “Group Bus / Ward bus” must be changed from fact‐<br />

ory setting “Group Bus” to “Ward Bus”.<br />

If required the following factory settings can be changed:<br />

- Volume Settings: Volume Speech Phrases, Gain Modem<br />

Speaker, Gain Modem Mic<br />

- Speech Phrases (ON)<br />

- Call Delays: Call Delay Telephone* (0 min), Call Delay DECT<br />

(0 min), Call Delay Common (5 sec)<br />

- No. of Call Repeats* (3)<br />

- Delay Between Calls (10 sec)<br />

- Max. Talk Time* (2 min)<br />

- On Hook Timeout (60 sec)<br />

- Line Busy Timeout (30 sec)<br />

- No. of Call Repeats on Busy (3)<br />

- Speech Format (Room 1-2-3-4)<br />

- CPC Protocol (PNC)<br />

* = The settings marked with a * will be overwritten by ConLog<br />

settings (“Project Configuration” menu).<br />

System Test<br />

Select „System Test“ in the Main Menu.<br />

The “System Test” menu is displayed, see Fig. N.<br />

Sending a test message to a pager or a DECT telephone<br />

1. Select “Test Paging (ESPA 4.4.4)”.<br />

“Pager Address:” is displayed.<br />

2. Enter the pager address for the test message.<br />

3. Press Enter.<br />

The Test message “Testmessage“ is sent.<br />

Test telephone call<br />

1. Select “Test Telephone Call”.<br />

“Tel. No.:” is displayed.<br />

2. Enter the telephone number to be dialled.<br />

3. Press Enter.<br />

The telephone is called. Then a speech message is<br />

transmitted, which should be followed.<br />

Trigger a test message at the fault output<br />

1. Select “Test Fault Relay”.<br />

The fault relay is switched. “Relay Test” is displayed.<br />

2. To finish the test press Enter.<br />

00 8814 00, 10/12 (Rev. 4.0) 5<br />

<strong>Technical</strong> <strong>Manual</strong> Page 131<br />

Telephone Module<br />

Telephone Module ON/OFF<br />

Test Call<br />

OFF<br />

Bus ConLog Tel. Paging<br />

System Test<br />

Test Paging (ESPA 4.4.4)<br />

Test Telephone Call<br />

Test Fault Relay<br />

Bus ConLog Tel. Paging


Management Interface, Order no. 19 0700 00<br />

Device Settings<br />

1. Select “Device Settings” in the Main Menu.<br />

The “Device Settings” menu is displayed, see Fig. O.<br />

Selecting menu language for Management Interface<br />

1. Select “Language”.<br />

The submenu “Language” is displayed.<br />

2. Select the desired language.<br />

Selecting holiday calendar for the connected devices<br />

1. Select 'Holiday Calendar'..<br />

The submenu “Holiday Calendar” is displayed.<br />

2. Select the needed holiday calendar.<br />

Settings only with the service password<br />

If the Management Interface is connected to the ward bus, the<br />

10-digit device ID must be changed from factory setting “001...”<br />

to “000...”. For the group bus the factory setting “001...” must<br />

stay.<br />

If required the following settings can be made:<br />

- IP Configuration: IP Address + Netmask for service access<br />

via FTP. After setting the IP address, you have to reset the<br />

Management Interface, see Fig. G.<br />

- Backup Configuration: Save the current settings on the<br />

storage card in the Management Interface.<br />

- Restore Configuration: Restore the settings, that have been<br />

saved on the storage card.<br />

Menu Settings<br />

1. Select “Menu Settings” in the Main Menu.<br />

The “Menu Settings” menu is displayed, see Fig. P.<br />

1. Select “Backlight / Powersafe”.<br />

The submenu “Backlight / Powersafe” is displayed.<br />

Display dimming time<br />

1. Select “dim (sec)”.<br />

The current value (factory setting: 30 sec) is flashing.<br />

2. Enter the needed time (value between 10 and 240 seconds).<br />

Display brightness<br />

1. Select “Brightness”.<br />

The current value (factory setting: 1) is flashing.<br />

2. Enter the needed brightness (value between 0 and 3).<br />

Display switchoff time<br />

1. Select “Backlight Off (min)”<br />

The current value (factory setting: 5 min) is flashing.<br />

2. Enter the needed time (value between 0 and 9).<br />

Settings only with the service password<br />

If required the timeout for the service menu (factory setting:<br />

120 sec) can be changed.<br />

Further settings only with the service password<br />

System Settings<br />

- <strong>Manual</strong> Coupling On/Off<br />

- Temp. Time Zone Setting<br />

Factory Settings<br />

- Cancel<br />

- Reset to Factory Settings<br />

- Quit Application (use ONLY in consultation with <strong>Tunstall</strong><br />

<strong>GmbH</strong>)<br />

00 8814 00, 10/12 (Rev. 4.0) 6<br />

<strong>Technical</strong> <strong>Manual</strong> Page 132<br />

Language<br />

Holiday Calendar<br />

Device Settings<br />

English<br />

None<br />

Bus ConLog Tel. Paging<br />

Menu Settings<br />

Backlight / Powersafe<br />

Bus ConLog Tel. Paging<br />

<strong>Tunstall</strong> <strong>GmbH</strong>, Orkotten 66, D-48291 Telgte, www.tunstall.de


12. Product leaflets<br />

12.6 Power supply units<br />

77 3400 00 Power supply unit UPS<br />

77 3401 00 Power supply unit<br />

77 3400 10 Power supply unit UPS 60<br />

77 3450 00 Battery set for UPS 60<br />

<strong>Technical</strong> <strong>Manual</strong> Page 133<br />

CONCENTO PLUS - <strong>Technical</strong> <strong>Manual</strong>, 11/12 (Rev. 3.0), 00 8814 14


Power supply unit UPS, Order No. 77 3400 00<br />

The power supply unit UPS serves as a conventional power supply unit with integrated uninterrupted<br />

power supply module (UPS) in a common housing. Input voltage of 115 - 230 V AC is transformed into<br />

24 V DC, and the UPS feature ensures the supply of a connected DC user also in case of a mains<br />

power failure.<br />

When in the normal operating mode, i.e. mains power supply, the electronic module monitors the<br />

output voltage. Starting at a load current level of approx. 12.5 A DC, the output voltage is reduced<br />

while keeping a constant current load.<br />

This is a self-correcting output voltage feature, as the output voltage will be reactivated. Further to this,<br />

the output voltage is protected by a 15 A flat fuse "F2".<br />

If the mains input voltage fails or when it drops to less than 90 VAC, the two lead batteries in the unit<br />

will continue to supply the connected user without any interruption.<br />

To protect the batteries from going flat, circuit breakers will open when during the UPS mode the<br />

output voltage drops below to 19.5 V. When the mains supply voltage is active again, the system<br />

reverts to its normal operating mode.<br />

Roughly every 15 minutes, an integrated test circuitry performs a voltage check at the battery<br />

terminals, the connections and at the circuit breakers. Upon the return of the mains supply current, the<br />

battery is isolated from the outputs, and the internal charging module recharges the battery.<br />

Safety instructions<br />

1. Mounting<br />

• Non-compliance with the safety instruction or improper handling of the unit (e.g. skin<br />

contact with live components when the unit is open) can be extremely dangerous.<br />

• The power supply unit UPS should only be installed and operated by qualified<br />

specialists.<br />

• Before effecting any work at or with the unit, it must be isolated from any voltage<br />

(mains or battery).<br />

• Connection to the mains supply must be executed acc. to the valid national<br />

regulations (for Germany: VDE 0100 and VDE 0160).<br />

• Fuse or circuit breaker must be provided for safe isolation from the input (mains)<br />

current.<br />

• Overheating of the unit may occur when the values as shown in the technical data<br />

are exceeded. This may lead to permanent damage to the unit, and system safety is<br />

jeopardised.<br />

• Always watch for the safe isolation of AC and DC circuits!<br />

• Observe the general safety instructions for the handling of batteries! Sufficient<br />

ventilation must be provided to preclude the development of an explosive hydrogenair<br />

mixture!<br />

• If the power supply unit UPS will not be used for a longer time, first the batteries<br />

have to be fully charged. After that the power supply unit UPS has to be<br />

disconnected from mains supply and the battery fuse (under the left cover) has to be<br />

removed.<br />

The power supply unit UPS is designed for wall mounting. Bore holes are prepared at the housing for<br />

fixing the unit at the wall using the enclosed mounting material. A dimensional drawing is shown on<br />

the next page.<br />

Before mounting, check the condition of the wall itself.<br />

The power supply unit UPS weighs approx. 9 kg.<br />

The unit must be mounted such that the venting ports are at the top and bottom.<br />

© <strong>Tunstall</strong> <strong>GmbH</strong>, Orkotten 66, 48291 Telgte, Germany, www.tunstall.de, 00 8802 41, Rev. 3.1 (05/2008) English - 1<br />

<strong>Technical</strong> <strong>Manual</strong> Page 134


Power supply unit UPS, Order No. 77 3400 00<br />

The selected location must ensure sufficient air circulation above and below the unit. Therefore, check<br />

for minimum distance of 50 mm to walls, ceiling and other equipment. The venting ports must not be<br />

covered up. Insufficient air circulation may lead to damage to the power supply unit.<br />

Dimensional drawing:<br />

2. Connection<br />

The internal connection terminals are provided as screw/plug-in clamps.<br />

2.1 Mains connection<br />

You have to ensure, that the mains cable is disconnected from the AC supply voltage during the<br />

following procedure:<br />

1. Release 4 screws for the left cover and remove the cover to the front.<br />

Now, the terminal connection clamps are accessible.<br />

2. Direct the mains cable through the cable duct into the housing and connect to the appropriate<br />

terminal posts as designated in the unit.<br />

NOTE: To simplify this process, you may pull the input connector, connect the wires as shown and<br />

replace the plug in its socket.<br />

CAUTION ! Check for the correct and positive connection of the protective conductor.<br />

3. Secure the connecting cable against being pulled from the housing for example by fixing the<br />

installation cable with cable clamps.<br />

2.2 Output terminal clamps 24 V DC / 12.5 A<br />

The output voltage is generated via a primary pulse controller. This controller provides the output<br />

voltage of 24 V DC with 12.5 A current (for continuous operation considering all tolerance criteria).<br />

When in the normal operating mode, i.e. mains power supply, the electronic module monitors the<br />

output voltage. When the load current exceeds approx. 12.5 A, the output current is shut off (hicc-up<br />

mode) until the overload at the output terminal connections has been reduced.<br />

This is a self-correcting output voltage feature, as the output voltage will be reactivated. Further to this,<br />

the output voltage is protected by a 15 A flat fuse "F2".<br />

• The load shall be connected to the terminal clamps "+24V" and "0V" (provided 2 x).<br />

2.3 Control terminal clamps x + y<br />

The control terminal clamps "x" and "y" are used to prepare the unit for the uninterrupted power supply<br />

(UPS mode).<br />

English - 2 © <strong>Tunstall</strong> <strong>GmbH</strong>, Orkotten 66, 48291 Telgte, Germany, www.tunstall.de, 00 8802 41, Rev. 3.1 (05/2008)<br />

<strong>Technical</strong> <strong>Manual</strong> Page 135


Power supply unit UPS, Order No. 77 3400 00<br />

2.3.1 Preparing the UPS function by placing a bridge contact between "x" and "y"<br />

• Connect the control terminal clamps "x" and "y" using the enclosed bridging contact or via a<br />

potential-free 'make contact'. The current for the bridging contact is approx. 1 mA..<br />

2.3.2 LED and indicator outputs 1 - 5<br />

The five indicator outputs 1 – 5 at the 7-pole terminal block indicate the status of the unit via potentialfree<br />

solenoid contacts. The current load for these contacts is up to 125 V / 1.5 A / 60 VA.<br />

2.3.2.1 Green LED "Power" (mains supply mode and bridging contact between "x" and "y"<br />

closed)<br />

Only green LED "Power“ is on.<br />

Contacts 3 – 1 & 3 - 5 are closed.<br />

2.3.2.2 Amber LED "Battery active"<br />

Only amber LED "Battery active“ is on.<br />

Contacts 3 – 1 & 3 – 4 are closed.<br />

2.3.2.3 Red LED "Battery low"<br />

During mains failure<br />

Only amber LED "Battery active“ is on.<br />

Contacts 3 – 1 & 3 – 4 are closed.<br />

Amber LED "Battery active“ and red LED "Battery<br />

low“ are on.<br />

Contacts 3 – 2 & 3 – 4 are closed.<br />

All LEDs are off.<br />

Contacts 3 – 2 & 3 – 5 are closed.<br />

24 V voltage is available at the terminal clamp.<br />

Battery mode<br />

(when bridging contact between "x" and "y" is<br />

closed)<br />

The 24 V voltage at the terminal clamp is from the<br />

battery.<br />

The voltage at the terminal clamps depends on<br />

the relevant battery charge state.<br />

When the output voltage has dropped to<br />

approx. 19.5 V, the power supply unit will shut off<br />

(protection against totally flat battery)<br />

After the input voltage (115 - 230 Volt) has been reactivated again, the output clamps will be supplied<br />

with 24 V DC, and the batteries will be recharged automatically.<br />

2.3.2.4 Red LED "Output Failure Fuse F2" defective<br />

Green LED "Power“ and red LED "Output Failure<br />

Fuse F2" are on<br />

2.3.4 Battery test<br />

Green LED "Power“ is on and red LED "Battery<br />

low“ illuminates for 30 seconds every 15 minutes.<br />

Contact 3 – 2 is closed for 30 seconds every 15<br />

minutes.<br />

Output fuse F2 was removed or it is defective. No<br />

output voltage at the power supply terminal<br />

clamps.<br />

Battery capacity not sufficient for safe UPS<br />

operation.<br />

Batteries are automatically checked every 15<br />

minutes. If a battery fault is detected during this<br />

test, the indicating contact and the LED "Battery<br />

low" are activated for the approx. 30 sec. test<br />

period.<br />

The unit features an automatic battery load test. For this, the internal batteries' status is checked at<br />

regular intervals (approx. 15 minutes).<br />

This takes place by voltage measuring while simultaneously demanding a defined load current for a<br />

period of approx. 30 sec.<br />

© <strong>Tunstall</strong> <strong>GmbH</strong>, Orkotten 66, 48291 Telgte, Germany, www.tunstall.de, 00 8802 41, Rev. 3.1 (05/2008) English - 3<br />

<strong>Technical</strong> <strong>Manual</strong> Page 136


Power supply unit UPS, Order No. 77 3400 00<br />

If during this test the battery voltage should drop below approx. 21.5 V, the indicating contact (3 – 2 –<br />

1) "Battery low" is reversed and this shows that the battery capacity will not sustain a UPS operating<br />

mode.<br />

This warning will be indicated for the said test period of approx. 30 sec. or until the battery voltage has<br />

been increased to approx. 23 V . This may also take place when the battery voltage rises during a<br />

recharging process after previous discharging, e.g. in the course of UPS operation.<br />

This warning message is reset after the test phase and will be reactivated again during the next<br />

battery load test. This is the reason for the cyclic indication of the battery fault as described above.<br />

The battery load test is an effective instrument for checking the true battery state. A negative result,<br />

i.e. a warning message is issued, may be caused by one or more of the following :<br />

• Charge status too low.<br />

• Battery fuse has failed.<br />

• Battery not correctly connected.<br />

• Battery is defective.<br />

• Battery is too old, and must be replaced.<br />

3. Commissioning<br />

1. Insert the battery fuse between the batteries in the fuse holder (protection against total discharge<br />

during storage).<br />

2. Connect input and output terminal connections (refer to items 2.1 and 2.2).<br />

3. Switch on the input voltage (115 – 230 Volt).<br />

From now on, the connected nurse call system devices are supplied with 24 V DC.<br />

4. The green LED "Power" is on due to the voltage at the terminal clamps.<br />

If the red LED "Battery low“ is on, the UPS function is not yet active<br />

(Place the bridging contact x – y).<br />

5. Now the power supply unit UPS is fully operational.<br />

4. Shutting the power supply UPS off<br />

1. Shut off the input voltage (115 – 230 Volt).<br />

2. Remove the UPS function acc. to item 2.3.1 (Remove the bridging contact), otherwise the load for<br />

the user circuits will be supplied through the battery until the total discharge circuit disconnects the<br />

battery.<br />

5. Service<br />

To ensure the safe function of the system, batteries should be replaced every 3 years - depending on<br />

the ambient temperature (Refer to diagram 1, Item 6). After 3 – 5 years, the battery capacity has<br />

dropped to approx. 60%.<br />

6. Battery service life<br />

The power supply unit UPS comes with sealed, service-free and rechargeable led-gel batteries VRLA.<br />

According to the EUROBAT classification, these batteries have a useful service life of 5 – 7 years.<br />

This time, however, strongly depends on the relevant ambient temperature. (Up to 20 °C: 7 – 8 years<br />

as shown in diagram 1)<br />

English - 4 © <strong>Tunstall</strong> <strong>GmbH</strong>, Orkotten 66, 48291 Telgte, Germany, www.tunstall.de, 00 8802 41, Rev. 3.1 (05/2008)<br />

<strong>Technical</strong> <strong>Manual</strong> Page 137


Power supply unit UPS, Order No. 77 3400 00<br />

If the system will not be used for an extended period of time, the batteries should be fully charged to<br />

prevent a total discharge. (Refer to item 7 "Storage") After the charging process has been completed<br />

the power supply unit has to be disconnected from the mains supply and the battery fuse (under the<br />

left cover) has to be removed.<br />

Battery service life (years)<br />

Temperature<br />

Diagram 1: Battery service life in relation to ambient temperature<br />

6.1 Battery change<br />

Pb<br />

Lead batteries contain harmful toxic substances. Observe general and local safety<br />

directives when during handling and transport. For disposal, comply with local directives.<br />

Batteries bear the risk of excessive short-circuit currents. Never create any direct contact<br />

between the battery posts and or other conductive component parts. Therefore remove any<br />

wristband, watch, finger rings or other metal objects when working at the open power supply<br />

unit. Always use tools with standard isolating handles.<br />

Batteries may be replaced only by the same type of battery (2 x 12 V; 7 Ah). We recommend the use<br />

of the battery type BAT 24-7, <strong>Tunstall</strong> Order No. 00 0648 85. The use of other makes may create<br />

problems due to different connecting terminals or differing dimensions.<br />

1. Shut off mains supply to the power supply unit UPS !!!<br />

2. Release the 4 fastening screws for the left cover and remove the cover to the front.<br />

3. Confirm the position of the old battery and after its removal, install the new battery in the<br />

same manner.<br />

4. Make sure, the new battery is in the same position and check for the correct battery<br />

contacts. False connections may damage the power supply UPS !<br />

5. Check for the correct seating of the plastic cover for the batteries.<br />

6. Fix the battery position by securing it with the Velcro tape.<br />

7. Replace and close the housing.<br />

8. Perform a functional check of the power supply UPS!<br />

© <strong>Tunstall</strong> <strong>GmbH</strong>, Orkotten 66, 48291 Telgte, Germany, www.tunstall.de, 00 8802 41, Rev. 3.1 (05/2008) English - 5<br />

<strong>Technical</strong> <strong>Manual</strong> Page 138


Power supply unit UPS, Order No. 77 3400 00<br />

7. Storage<br />

If the power supply unit UPS will not be used for an extended period of time, the batteries must first<br />

be fully recharged to preclude battery damage due to total discharging. (Refer to item 6 Battery<br />

service life).<br />

For the charging process, the power supply unit UPS shall be connected to the mains supply for at<br />

least 4 hours, and the UPS function shall be activated by placing the bridging contact between "x“ and<br />

"y“. After the charging process has been completed the power supply unit has to be disconnected from<br />

the mains supply and the battery fuse (under the left cover) has to be removed.<br />

•<br />

8. Spare parts<br />

Spare part Order No.<br />

Rechargeable lead-gel battery, Type BAT 24-7 (2 ea. required) incl.<br />

plastic cover<br />

00 0648 85<br />

Battery fuse, internal 20 A FKS 00 0132 03<br />

Mains fuse, front plate (5 x 20) T 5.0 A 00 0130 41<br />

Output fuse, bottom 15 A FKS 00 0132 02<br />

Clamp for mains connection, 3-pole 00 0211 40<br />

Clamp for 24 V connection, 4-pole 00 0211 41<br />

Clamp for control and indicator outputs, 7-pole 00 0211 39<br />

Bridging contact EB 2 – 5 for control clamps "x“ and "y“ 00 0223 56<br />

English - 6 © <strong>Tunstall</strong> <strong>GmbH</strong>, Orkotten 66, 48291 Telgte, Germany, www.tunstall.de, 00 8802 41, Rev. 3.1 (05/2008)<br />

<strong>Technical</strong> <strong>Manual</strong> Page 139


9. <strong>Technical</strong> data<br />

Power supply unit UPS, Order No. 77 3400 00<br />

Power supply unit UPS<br />

Input<br />

Order No. 77 3400 00<br />

Nominal input voltage 115 – 230 V AC<br />

Input voltage range 90 – 264 V AC<br />

Input frequency 47 – 63 Hz<br />

Input current 4 A at 115 V AC / 2 A at 230 V AC<br />

Start-up current surge 22 A at 115 V AC / 44 A at 230 V AC, typical<br />

Power factor 0.95 at 230 V AC / 0.98 at 115 V AC for full load<br />

Efficiency<br />

Output<br />

88%, typical<br />

Nominal output current 12.5 A DC<br />

Output voltage 24 V DC +/- 2%<br />

Output voltage in battery mode 26,5 – 19,5 V DC, typical<br />

Calculated output power 288 W<br />

Rippling of nominal output current < 100 mVeff<br />

Battery capacity 7 Ah<br />

Charge current 700 mA, typical<br />

Bridging time at nominal current approx. 17 min.<br />

Overload protection < 14 A<br />

Overvoltage protection, power supply unit 26.7 – 32.4 V DC<br />

Overtemperature protection<br />

Battery voltage thresholds<br />

75 °C +/- 5°C (power diode)<br />

output voltage switched off, automatic re-engaging<br />

Switching threshold for UPS mode Ua < 22.5 V, typical<br />

Switching threshold for warning before battery<br />

shut-down<br />

21.5 V, typical<br />

Switching threshold for total discharge<br />

protection<br />

19.5 V, typical<br />

EMC CE-certified EN 55022 Class B; ENV 50204<br />

EN 61000-3-2, -3; EN 61000-4-2, -3, -4, -5, -6, -8, -11<br />

Safety EN 60950<br />

Output Safety low voltage, SELV<br />

Test voltage PRI – SEC 3 kV<br />

Protection class I<br />

Protection (safety)<br />

Safety devices<br />

IP 20<br />

Battery fuse, internal 20 A FKS<br />

Charging fuse, internal (5 x 20) T 4.0 A<br />

Mains fusing, front plate (5 x 20) T 5.0 A<br />

Output fusing, bottom of unit<br />

General<br />

15 A FKS<br />

Cooling convection, free air flow<br />

Permissible ambient temperature 0 ... +50 °C<br />

Storage temperature -25 ... + 60 °C<br />

MTBF 100,000 hours (no for batteries)<br />

Weight approx. 9 kg<br />

Dimensions (HxWxD) 244 x 325 x 178 mm<br />

Mounting Wall mounting<br />

Connecting clamps Screw / plug-in connections<br />

© <strong>Tunstall</strong> <strong>GmbH</strong>, Orkotten 66, 48291 Telgte, Germany, www.tunstall.de, 00 8802 41, Rev. 3.1 (05/2008) English - 7<br />

<strong>Technical</strong> <strong>Manual</strong> Page 140


Power supply unit, Order No. 77 3401 00<br />

The power supply unit generates a 24 V DC output voltage using 115 - 230 V AC mains supply<br />

voltage. An integrated monitoring circuitry limits the output current to 12.5 A DC nearly. Two LEDs on<br />

the front face indicate the status at the output clamps.<br />

Safety instructions<br />

1. Mounting<br />

• Non-compliance with the safety instruction or improper handling of the unit (e.g. skin<br />

contact with live components when the unit is open) can be extremely dangerous.<br />

• The power supply unit should only be installed and operated by qualified specialists.<br />

• Connection to the mains supply must be executed acc. to the valid national<br />

regulations (for Germany: VDE 0100 and VDE 0160).<br />

• Fuse or circuit breaker must be provided for safe isolation from the input (mains)<br />

current.<br />

• Before effecting any work at or with the unit, it must be isolated from any voltage<br />

(mains or battery).<br />

• Overheating of the unit may occur when the values as shown in the technical data<br />

are exceeded. This may lead to permanent damage to the unit, and system safety is<br />

jeopardised.<br />

• Always watch for the safe isolation of AC and DC circuits!<br />

The power supply unit is designed for wall mounting. Bore holes are prepared at the housing for fixing<br />

the unit at the wall using the enclosed mounting material.<br />

Before mounting, check the condition of the wall itself. (Weight: approx. 2 kg)<br />

The unit must be mounted such that the venting ports are at the top and bottom. The selected location<br />

must ensure sufficient air circulation above and below the unit. Therefore, check for minimum distance<br />

of 50 mm to walls, ceiling and other equipment. The venting ports must not be covered up. Insufficient<br />

air circulation may lead to damage to the power supply unit.<br />

© <strong>Tunstall</strong> <strong>GmbH</strong>, Orkotten 66, 48291 Telgte, Germany, www.tunstall.de, 00 8802 42, Rev. 3.1 (05/2008) English - 1<br />

<strong>Technical</strong> <strong>Manual</strong> Page 141


Power supply unit, Order No. 77 3401 00<br />

2. Connection<br />

The internal connection terminals are provided as screw/plug-in clamps.<br />

2.1 Mains connection<br />

You have to ensure, that the mains cable is disconnected from the AC supply voltage during the<br />

following procedure:<br />

1. Release 4 screws of the left cover and remove the cover to the front.<br />

Now, the terminal connection clamps are accessible.<br />

2. Direct the mains cable through the cable duct into the housing and connect to the appropriate<br />

terminal posts as designated in the unit.<br />

NOTE: To simplify this process, you may pull the input connector, connect the wires as shown and<br />

replace the plug in its socket.<br />

CAUTION ! Check for the correct and positive connection of the protective conductor.<br />

3. Secure the connecting cable against being pulled from the housing for example by fixing the<br />

installation cable with cable clamps.<br />

2.2 Output terminal clamps 24 V DC / 12.5 A<br />

The output voltage is generated via a primary pulse controller. This controller provides the output<br />

voltage of 24 V DC with 12.5 A current (for continuous operation considering all tolerance criteria).<br />

When in the normal operating mode, i.e. mains power supply, the electronic module monitors the<br />

output voltage. Starting at a load current level of more than approx. 12.5 A DC, the output voltage is<br />

reduced while keeping a constant current load.<br />

This is a self-correcting output voltage feature, as the output voltage will be reactivated, if the overload<br />

current drops below its trigger value of approx. 12.5 A. Further to this, the output voltage is protected<br />

by a 15 A flat fuse "F2".<br />

• The load shall be connected to the terminal clamps "+24V" and "0V" (provided 2 x).<br />

2.3 LEDs at the front face<br />

2.3.1 Green LED "Power"<br />

Green LED "Power“ is on. 24 V voltage is available at the terminal clamps.<br />

2.3.2 Red LED "Output Failure Fuse F2"<br />

Red LED "Output Failure Fuse F2" and green<br />

LED “+24 V Power” are on.<br />

2.4 Indicator clamps (3, 4, 5)<br />

Output fuse failed or was removed. No voltage is<br />

available at the output clamps.<br />

The clamps 3, 4 and 5 are potential-free switching contacts for indicating the current operating state:<br />

Contact 3 – 4 closed.<br />

Green LED "Power“ is off.<br />

Contact 3 – 5 closed.<br />

Green LED "Power“ is on.<br />

No mains supply. No voltage available at the<br />

output clamps.<br />

24 V voltage is available at the terminal clamps.<br />

The indication "No mains power" may have several causes, e.g.:<br />

• No input voltage at the power supply unit.<br />

• When the load current exceeds approx. 12.5 A, the output current is reduced until the overload<br />

situation at the output clamps has been corrected.<br />

• Output fuse was removed or damaged. (Red LED "Output Failure Fuse F2“ is on)<br />

• "Mains Fuse F1“ missing or defective.<br />

English - 2 © <strong>Tunstall</strong> <strong>GmbH</strong>, Orkotten 66, 48291 Telgte, Germany, www.tunstall.de, 00 8802 42, Rev. 3.1 (05/2008)<br />

<strong>Technical</strong> <strong>Manual</strong> Page 142


3. Commissioning<br />

Power supply unit, Order No. 77 3401 00<br />

1. Connect input and output terminal connections. (Refer to items 2.1 and 2.2)<br />

2. Switch on the input voltage.<br />

From now on, the connected nurse call system devices are supplied with 24 V DC.<br />

The green LED "Power" is on due to the voltage at the terminal clamps.<br />

4. Spare parts<br />

Spare part Order No.<br />

Mains Fuse F1 (5 x 20) T 5,0 A 00 0130 41<br />

Output fuse F2 FKS 15 A 00 0132 02<br />

Clamp for input voltage, 3-pole 00 0211 40<br />

Clamp for 0 V and +24 V, 4-pole 00 0211 41<br />

Indicator clamp, 7-pole 00 0211 39<br />

5. <strong>Technical</strong> data<br />

Power supply unit<br />

Input<br />

Order No. 77 3401 00<br />

Nominal input voltage 115 – 230 V AC<br />

Input voltage range 90 – 264 V AC<br />

Input frequency 47 – 63 Hz<br />

Input current 4 A at 115 V AC / 2 A at 230 V AC<br />

Start-up current surge 22 A at 115 V AC / 44 A at 230 V AC, typical<br />

Power factor 0.95 at 230 V AC / 0.98 at 115 V AC under full load<br />

Efficiency<br />

Output<br />

88%, typical<br />

Nominal output current 12,5 A DC<br />

Output voltage 24 V DC +/- 2%<br />

Calculated output power 288 W<br />

Rippling of nominal output current < 100 mVeff<br />

Overload protection, power supply unit,<br />

internal<br />

< 14 A<br />

Overvoltage protection, power supply<br />

unit<br />

26.7 – 32.4 V DC, typical<br />

Overtemperature protection 75 °C +/- 5°C (power diode)<br />

output voltage switched off, automatic re-engaging<br />

EMC CE-certified EN 55022 Class B; ENV 50204<br />

EN 61000-3-2, -3; EN 61000-4-2, -3, -4, -5, -6, -8, -11<br />

Safety EN 60950<br />

Output Safety low voltage SELV<br />

Test voltage PRI – SEC 3 kV<br />

Protection class Class I<br />

Protection<br />

Safety devices<br />

IP 20<br />

Mains Fuse F1 (5 x 20) T 5.0 A<br />

Output fuse F2 FKS<br />

General<br />

15 A FKS<br />

Cooling Convection, free airflow<br />

Permissible ambient temperature 0 ... +50 °C<br />

Storage temperature -25 ... + 60 °C<br />

MTBF 100,000 hours<br />

Weight approx. 2 kg<br />

Dimensions (HxWxD) 244 x 325 x 178 mm<br />

Mounting Wall mounting<br />

Connecting clamps Screw / plug-in clamps<br />

© <strong>Tunstall</strong> <strong>GmbH</strong>, Orkotten 66, 48291 Telgte, Germany, www.tunstall.de, 00 8802 42, Rev. 3.1 (05/2008) English - 3<br />

<strong>Technical</strong> <strong>Manual</strong> Page 143


Power supply unit UPS 60, Order No. 77 3400 10<br />

The power supply unit UPS 60 is a power supply unit and includes the electronics that builds up an<br />

uninterrupted power supply (UPS) in combination with battery set for UPS 60 (order no. 77 3450 00).<br />

Input voltage of 115 - 230 V AC is transformed into 24 V DC output voltage. The UPS feature ensures<br />

the supply of the connected DC users also in case of a mains power failure.<br />

If the mains input voltage fails or when it drops to less than 90 VAC, the two connected lead batteries<br />

will continue to supply the users without any interruption.<br />

To protect the batteries from going flat, circuit breakers will open when during the UPS mode the<br />

output voltage drops below to 19.5 V. When the mains supply voltage is active again, the system<br />

reverts to its normal operating mode.<br />

Roughly every 15 minutes, an integrated test circuitry performs a voltage check at the battery<br />

terminals, the connections and at the circuit breakers. Upon the return of the mains supply current, the<br />

battery is isolated from the outputs, and the internal charging module recharges the battery.<br />

Safety instructions<br />

1. Mounting<br />

• Non-compliance with the safety instruction or improper handling of the unit (e.g. skin<br />

contact with live components when the unit is open) can be extremely dangerous.<br />

• The power supply unit UPS 60 should only be installed and commissioned by<br />

qualified specialists.<br />

• Before effecting any work at or with the unit, it must be isolated from any voltage<br />

(mains or battery).<br />

• Connection to the mains supply must be executed acc. to the valid national<br />

regulations (for Germany: VDE 0100 and VDE 0160).<br />

• Fuse or circuit breaker must be provided for safe isolation from the input (mains)<br />

current.<br />

• Overheating of the unit may occur when the values as shown in the technical data<br />

are exceeded. This may lead to permanent damage to the unit, and system safety is<br />

jeopardised.<br />

• Always watch for the safe isolation of AC and DC circuits!<br />

• Observe the general safety instructions for the handling of batteries! Sufficient<br />

ventilation must be provided to preclude the development of an explosive hydrogenair<br />

mixture!<br />

• If the power supply unit UPS 60 will not be used for a longer time, first the batteries<br />

have to be fully charged. After that the power supply unit UPS 60 has to be<br />

disconnected from the mains supply. Furthermore the battery connection cable must<br />

be disconnected from the battery set for UPS 60 (see chapter 2.1). Alternatively the<br />

battery fuse in the battery set for UPS 60 can be removed.<br />

The power supply unit UPS 60 is designed for wall mounting. Bore holes are prepared at the housing<br />

for fixing the unit at the wall using the enclosed mounting material. A dimensional drawing is shown on<br />

the next page.<br />

Before mounting, check the condition of the wall itself.<br />

The power supply unit UPS 60 weighs approx. 4 kg.<br />

The unit must be mounted such that the venting ports are at the top and bottom.<br />

The selected location must ensure sufficient air circulation above and below the unit. Therefore, check<br />

for minimum distance of 50 mm to walls, ceiling and other equipment. The venting ports must not be<br />

covered up. Insufficient air circulation may lead to damage to the power supply unit.<br />

© <strong>Tunstall</strong> <strong>GmbH</strong>, Orkotten 66, 48291 Telgte, Germany, www.tunstall.de, 00 8802 81, Rev. 2.1 (05/2008) English - 1<br />

<strong>Technical</strong> <strong>Manual</strong> Page 144


Power supply unit UPS 60, Order No. 77 3400 10<br />

Dimensional drawing:<br />

2. Connection<br />

The internal connection terminals are provided as screw/plug-in clamps and cage clamp/plug-in<br />

clamps.<br />

2.1 Mains and battery connection<br />

You have to ensure, that the mains cable is disconnected from the AC supply voltage during the<br />

following procedure:<br />

1. Release 4 screws for the left cover and remove the cover to the front.<br />

Now, the terminal connection clamps for the mains connection are accessible.<br />

2. Direct the mains connecting cable through the right cable duct into the housing and connect to the<br />

mains terminal posts (3 pole) as designated in the housing.<br />

CAUTION ! Check for the correct and positive<br />

connection of the protective conductor.<br />

3. Secure the mains connecting cable against being pulled from the housing for example by fixing<br />

the installation cable with the screwed cable gland.<br />

4. Direct the battery connecting cable through the left smaller cable duct into the housing and<br />

connect to the battery terminal posts (2 pole) as designated in the housing<br />

CAUTION ! Check for the correct connection,<br />

orientation and locking with srews.<br />

5. Secure the battery connecting cable against being pulled from the housing for example by fixing<br />

the installation cable with the screwed cable gland.<br />

2.2 Output terminal clamps 24 V DC / 12.5 A<br />

The output voltage is generated via a primary pulse controller. This controller provides the output<br />

voltage of 24 V DC with 12.5 A current (for continuous operation considering all tolerance criteria).<br />

When in mains operation, the electronic module monitors the output voltage. When the load current<br />

exceeds approx. 12.5 A, the output voltage is reduced with keeping a constant current depending on<br />

the value of resistance of the connected overload.<br />

Further to this, the output current is limited by a 15 A flat fuse "F2". After the cause for the overload<br />

has been eliminated the output voltage reverts to the must value 24 V. It is a self reverting output<br />

voltage.<br />

English - 2 © <strong>Tunstall</strong> <strong>GmbH</strong>, Orkotten 66, 48291 Telgte, Germany, www.tunstall.de, 00 8802 81, Rev. 2.1 (05/2008)<br />

<strong>Technical</strong> <strong>Manual</strong> Page 145


Power supply unit UPS 60, Order No. 77 3400 10<br />

• The load shall be connected to the terminal clamps "+24V" and "0V" (provided 2 x).<br />

2.3 Control terminal clamps x + y<br />

The control terminal clamps "x" and "y" are used to prepare the unit for the uninterrupted power supply<br />

(UPS mode).<br />

2.3.1 Preparing the UPS function by placing a bridge contact between "x" and "y"<br />

• Connect the control terminal clamps "x" and "y" using the enclosed bridging contact or via a<br />

potential-free 'make contact'. The current for the bridging contact is approx. 1 mA..<br />

2.3.2 LED and indicator outputs 1 - 5<br />

The five indicator outputs 1 – 5 at the 7-pole terminal block indicate the status of the unit via potentialfree<br />

relay contacts. The current load for these contacts is up to 125 V / 1.5 A / 60 VA.<br />

2.3.2.1 Green LED "Power" (mains supply mode and bridging contact between "x" and "y"<br />

closed)<br />

Only green LED "Power“ is on.<br />

Contacts 3 – 1 & 3 - 5 are closed.<br />

2.3.2.2 Amber LED "Battery active"<br />

Only amber LED "Battery active“ is on.<br />

Contacts 3 – 1 & 3 – 4 are closed.<br />

2.3.2.3 Red LED "Battery low"<br />

During mains failure<br />

Only amber LED "Battery active“ is on.<br />

Contacts 3 – 1 & 3 – 4 are closed.<br />

Amber LED "Battery active“ and red LED "Battery<br />

low“ are on.<br />

Contacts 3 – 2 & 3 – 4 are closed.<br />

All LEDs are off.<br />

Contacts 3 – 2 & 3 – 5 are closed.<br />

24 V voltage is available at the terminal clamp.<br />

Battery mode<br />

(when bridging contact between "x" and "y" is<br />

closed)<br />

The 24 V voltage at the terminal clamp is from the<br />

battery.<br />

The voltage at the terminal clamps depends on<br />

the relevant battery charge state.<br />

When the output voltage has dropped to<br />

approx. 19.5 V, the power supply unit will shut off<br />

(protection against totally flat battery)<br />

After the input voltage (115 - 230 Volt) has been reactivated again, the output clamps will be supplied<br />

with 24 V DC, and the batteries will be recharged automatically.<br />

2.3.2.4 Red LED "Output Failure Fuse F2"<br />

Green LED "Power“ and red LED "Output Failure<br />

Fuse F2" are on<br />

2.3.4 Battery test<br />

Green LED "Power“ is on and red LED "Battery<br />

low“ illuminates for 30 seconds every 15 minutes.<br />

Contact 3 – 2 is closed for 30 seconds every 15<br />

minutes.<br />

Output fuse F2 was removed or it is defective. No<br />

output voltage at the power supply terminal<br />

clamps.<br />

Battery capacity not sufficient for safe UPS<br />

operation.<br />

Batteries are automatically checked every 15<br />

minutes. If a battery fault is detected during this<br />

test, the indicating contact and the LED "Battery<br />

low" are activated for the approx. 30 sec. test<br />

period.<br />

© <strong>Tunstall</strong> <strong>GmbH</strong>, Orkotten 66, 48291 Telgte, Germany, www.tunstall.de, 00 8802 81, Rev. 2.1 (05/2008) English - 3<br />

<strong>Technical</strong> <strong>Manual</strong> Page 146


Power supply unit UPS 60, Order No. 77 3400 10<br />

The unit features an automatic battery load test. For this, the connected batteries' status is checked at<br />

regular intervals (approx. 15 minutes).<br />

This takes place by voltage measuring while simultaneously demanding a defined load current for a<br />

period of approx. 30 sec.<br />

If during this test the battery voltage should drop below approx. 21.5 V, the indicating contact (3 – 2 –<br />

1) "Battery low" is reversed and this shows that the battery capacity will not sustain a UPS operating<br />

mode.<br />

This warning will be indicated for the said test period of approx. 30 sec. or until the battery voltage has<br />

been increased to approx. 23 V. This may also take place when the battery voltage rises during a<br />

recharging process after previous discharging, e.g. in the course of UPS operation.<br />

This warning message is reset after the test phase and will be reactivated again during the next<br />

battery load test. This is the reason for the cyclic indication of the battery fault as described above.<br />

The battery load test is an effective instrument for checking the true battery state. A negative result,<br />

i.e. a warning message is issued, may be caused by one or more of the following :<br />

• Charge status too low.<br />

• Battery fuse has failed.<br />

• Battery not correctly connected.<br />

• Battery is defective.<br />

• Battery is too old, and must be replaced.<br />

3. Commissioning<br />

1. Connect input, output and battery terminal connections (refer to items 2.1 and 2.2).<br />

2. Switch on the input voltage (115 – 230 Volt).<br />

From now on, the connected nurse call system devices are supplied with 24 V DC.<br />

3. The green LED "Power" is on due to the voltage at the terminal clamps.<br />

If the red LED "Battery low“ is on, the UPS function is not yet active<br />

(Place the bridging contact x – y).<br />

4. Now the power supply unit UPS is fully operational.<br />

4. Shutting the power supply UPS 60 off<br />

1. Shut off the input voltage (115 – 230 Volt).<br />

2. Remove the UPS function acc. to item 2.3.1 (Remove the bridging contact), otherwise the load for<br />

the user circuits will be supplied through the battery until the total discharge circuit disconnects the<br />

battery.<br />

5. Service<br />

To ensure the safe function of the system, batteries should be replaced every 3 years - depending on<br />

the ambient temperature (Refer to diagram 1, Item 6). After 3 – 5 years, the battery capacity has<br />

dropped to approx. 60%.<br />

6. Battery service life<br />

The batteries connected to the power supply unit UPS 60 are sealed, service-free and rechargeable<br />

lead-gel batteries VRLA. According to the EUROBAT classification, these batteries have a useful<br />

English - 4 © <strong>Tunstall</strong> <strong>GmbH</strong>, Orkotten 66, 48291 Telgte, Germany, www.tunstall.de, 00 8802 81, Rev. 2.1 (05/2008)<br />

<strong>Technical</strong> <strong>Manual</strong> Page 147


Power supply unit UPS 60, Order No. 77 3400 10<br />

service life of 5 – 7 years. This time, however, strongly depends on the relevant ambient temperature.<br />

(Up to 20 °C: 7 – 8 years as shown in diagram 1)<br />

If the system will not be used for an extended period of time, the batteries should be fully charged to<br />

prevent a total discharge. (Refer to item 7 "Storage") While the system is not used, the battery fuse<br />

has to be removed to prevent total discharge.<br />

Battery service life (years)<br />

Temperature<br />

Diagram 1: Battery service life in relation to ambient temperature<br />

6.1 Battery change<br />

Pb<br />

Lead-gel batteries contain harmful toxic substances. Observe valid safety directives when<br />

during handling and transport. For disposal, comply with local directives.<br />

Batteries bear the risk of excessive short-circuit currents. Never create any direct contact<br />

between the battery posts and or other conductive component parts. Therefore remove any<br />

wristband, watch, finger rings or other metal objects when working at the open unit. Always<br />

use tools with standard isolating handles.<br />

Batteries may be replaced only by the same type of battery (2 x 12 V; 24 Ah). We recommend the use<br />

of two batteries type BAT 12-24, <strong>Tunstall</strong> Order No. 00 0648 87. The use of other makes may create<br />

problems due to different connecting terminals or differing dimensions.<br />

1. Shut off mains supply to the power supply unit UPS 60 !!!<br />

2. Refer to the information for the battery set for UPS 60, order no. 77 3450 00.<br />

3. Perform a functional check of the power supply UPS 60!<br />

7. Storage<br />

If the power supply unit UPS 60 will not be used for an extended period of time, the connected<br />

batteries must first be fully recharged to preclude battery damage due to total discharging. (Refer to<br />

item 6 Battery service life).<br />

• For the charging process, the power supply unit UPS 60 shall be connected to the mains supply<br />

for at least 4 hours, and the UPS function shall be activated by placing the bridging contact<br />

between "x“ and "y“.<br />

• While the power supply unit UPS 60 is not used, the power supply unit UPS 60 must be<br />

disconnected from the batteries of battery set for UPS 60 to prevent total discharge.<br />

© <strong>Tunstall</strong> <strong>GmbH</strong>, Orkotten 66, 48291 Telgte, Germany, www.tunstall.de, 00 8802 81, Rev. 2.1 (05/2008) English - 5<br />

<strong>Technical</strong> <strong>Manual</strong> Page 148


Power supply unit UPS 60, Order No. 77 3400 10<br />

8. Spare parts<br />

Spare part Order No.<br />

Mains fuse, front plate (5 x 20) T 5.0 A 00 0130 41<br />

Output fuse, bottom 15 A FKS 00 0132 02<br />

Clamp for mains connection, 3-pole 00 0211 40<br />

Clamp for 24 V connection, 4-pole 00 0211 41<br />

Clamp for control and indicator outputs, 7-pole 00 0211 39<br />

Clamp for battery connection, 2 pole 00 0211 20<br />

Bridging contact EB 2 – 5 for control clamps "x“ and "y“ 00 0223 56<br />

9. <strong>Technical</strong> data<br />

Power supply unit UPS 60 Order No. 77 3400 10<br />

Input<br />

Nominal input voltage 115 – 230 V AC<br />

Input voltage range 90 – 264 V AC<br />

Input frequency 47 – 63 Hz<br />

Input current 5.5 A at 115 V AC / 3 A at 230 V AC<br />

Start-up current surge 22 A at 115 V AC / 44 A at 230 V AC, typical<br />

Power factor 0.95 at 230 V AC / 0.98 at 115 V AC for full load<br />

Efficiency 88%, typical<br />

Output<br />

Nominal output current 12.5 A DC<br />

Output voltage 24 V DC +/- 2%<br />

Output voltage in battery mode 26.5 – 19.5 V DC, typical<br />

Calculated output power 288 W<br />

Rippling of nominal output current < 100 mVeff<br />

Battery capacity to be connected 24 Ah<br />

Charge current 3.0 A, typical<br />

Bridging time at nominal current approx. 1 hour<br />

Overload protection < 14 A<br />

Overvoltage protection, power supply unit 26.7 – 32.4 V DC<br />

Overtemperature protection 75 °C +/- 5°C (power diode)<br />

output voltage switched off, automatic re-engaging<br />

Battery voltage thresholds<br />

Switching threshold for UPS mode Ua < 22.5 V, typical<br />

Switching threshold for warning before battery<br />

shut-down<br />

21.5 V, typical<br />

Switching threshold for total discharge<br />

protection<br />

19.5 V, typical<br />

EMC CE-certified EN 55022 Class B; ENV 50204<br />

EN 61000-3-2, -3; EN 61000-4-2, -3, -4, -5, -6, -8, -11<br />

Safety EN 60950<br />

Output Safety low voltage, SELV<br />

Test voltage PRI – SEC 3 kV<br />

Protection class I<br />

Ingress Protection<br />

Fuses<br />

IP 20<br />

Charging fuse, internal (5 x 20) T 4.0 A<br />

Mains fusing, front plate (5 x 20) T 5.0 A<br />

Output fusing, bottom of unit<br />

General<br />

15 A FKS<br />

Cooling convection, free air flow<br />

Permissible ambient temperature 0 ... +50 °C<br />

Storage temperature -25 ... + 60 °C<br />

MTBF 100,000 hours<br />

Weight approx. 4 kg<br />

Dimensions (HxWxD) 244 x 325 x 178 mm<br />

Mounting Wall mounting<br />

Connecting clamps Screw / cage clamp plug-in connections<br />

English - 6 © <strong>Tunstall</strong> <strong>GmbH</strong>, Orkotten 66, 48291 Telgte, Germany, www.tunstall.de, 00 8802 81, Rev. 2.1 (05/2008)<br />

<strong>Technical</strong> <strong>Manual</strong> Page 149


Battery Set for UPS 60, Order No. 77 3450 00<br />

The battery set for UPS 60 are rechargeable batteries (= accumulators) that build an uninterrupted<br />

power supply (UPS) in combination with the power supply unit UPS 60, order no. 77 3400 10.<br />

If the mains input voltage fails or when it drops to less than 90 VAC, the two lead-gel batteries will<br />

continue to supply the users connected to the power supply unit UPS 60 without any interruption.<br />

Safety instructions<br />

1. Mounting<br />

• The battery set may only be used together with the power supply unit UPS 60, order<br />

no. 77 3400 10. The safety instructions delivered with this power supply unit have to<br />

be observed as well.<br />

• The power supply unit UPS should only be installed and commissioned by qualified<br />

specialists.<br />

• Before effecting any work at or with the power supply unit UPS, it must be isolated<br />

from any input voltage and the battery fuse (located between the batteries) has to be<br />

removed.<br />

• Always watch for the safe isolation of AC and DC circuits!<br />

• Observe the general safety instructions for the handling of batteries! Sufficient<br />

ventilation must be provided to preclude the development of an explosive hydrogenair<br />

mixture!<br />

• If the battery set for UPS 60 will not be used for a longer time, first the batteries have<br />

to be fully charged. After that the batteries must be disconnected from the mains<br />

supply. This can be done by disconnecting the battery connection cable from the<br />

power supply unit UPS 60 (see chapter 2.). Alternatively the battery fuse can be<br />

removed.<br />

The battery set for UPS 60 is designed for wall mounting. Bore holes are prepared at the housing for<br />

fixing the unit at the wall – preferably under the power supply unit - using the enclosed mounting<br />

material. A dimensional drawing is shown on the next page.<br />

Before mounting, check the condition of the wall itself.<br />

The battery set for UPS 60 weighs approx. 25.2 kg.<br />

The unit must be mounted such that the venting ports are at the top and bottom.<br />

The selected location must ensure sufficient air circulation above and below the unit. Therefore, check<br />

for minimum distance of 50 mm to walls, ceiling and other equipment. The venting ports must not be<br />

covered up. Insufficient air circulation may lead to damage to the power supply unit.<br />

© <strong>Tunstall</strong> <strong>GmbH</strong>, Orkotten 66, 48291 Telgte, Germany, www.tunstall.de, 00 8802 82, Rev. 2.1 (05/2008) English - 1<br />

<strong>Technical</strong> <strong>Manual</strong> Page 150


Battery Set for UPS 60, Order No. 77 3450 00<br />

Dimensional drawing:<br />

2. Connection<br />

The connection terminals are provided as cage srew/plug-in clamps.<br />

1. Release 6 fastening screws for the cover and remove the cover to the front.<br />

Now, the terminal connection clamps are accessible.<br />

2. Direct the connection cable through the cable duct into the power supply unit and connect to the<br />

appropriate terminal posts as designated in the power supply unit.<br />

CAUTION! Check for the correct connection, orientation and screwing.<br />

3. Secure the connection cable against being pulled from the housing for example by fixing the<br />

installation cable with the screwed cable gland.<br />

2.1 Battery test<br />

The power supply unit features an automatic battery load test. The battery load test is an effective<br />

instrument for checking the true battery state. A negative result, i.e. a warning message is issued, may<br />

be caused by one or more of the following:<br />

• Charge status too low.<br />

• Battery fuse has failed.<br />

• Battery not correctly connected.<br />

• Battery is defective.<br />

• Battery is too old, and must be replaced.<br />

English - 2 © <strong>Tunstall</strong> <strong>GmbH</strong>, Orkotten 66, 48291 Telgte, Germany, www.tunstall.de, 00 8802 82, Rev. 2.1 (05/2008)<br />

<strong>Technical</strong> <strong>Manual</strong> Page 151


3. Service<br />

Battery Set for UPS 60, Order No. 77 3450 00<br />

To ensure the safe function of the system, batteries should be replaced every 3 years - depending on<br />

the ambient temperature (Refer to diagram 1, Item 4). After 3 – 5 years, the battery capacity has<br />

dropped to approx. 60%.<br />

4. Battery service life<br />

The battery set UPS 60 comes with sealed, service-free and rechargeable lead-gel batteries VRLA.<br />

According to the EUROBAT classification, these batteries have a useful service life of 5 – 7 years.<br />

This time, however, strongly depends on the relevant ambient temperature. (Up to 20 °C: 7 – 8 years<br />

as shown in diagram 1)<br />

If the system will not be used for an extended period of time, the batteries should be fully charged to<br />

prevent a total discharge. (Refer to item 5 "Storage") While the system is not used, the battery fuse<br />

(located between the two batteries) has to be removed to prevent total discharge. After the charging<br />

process has been completed, the battery set for UPS 60 has to be disconnected from the power<br />

supply unit UPS 60 by disconnecting the battery connection cable (see chapter 2.) or by removing the<br />

battery fuse.<br />

Battery service life (years)<br />

Temperature<br />

Diagram 1: Battery service life in relation to ambient temperature<br />

4.1 Battery change<br />

Pb<br />

Lead-gel batteries contain harmful toxic substances. Observe valid safety directives when<br />

during handling and transport. For disposal, comply with local directives.<br />

Batteries bear the risk of excessive short-circuit currents. Never create any direct contact<br />

between the battery posts and or other conductive component parts. Therefore remove any<br />

wristband, watch, finger rings or other metal objects when working at the open unit. Always<br />

use tools with standard isolating handles.<br />

Batteries may be replaced only by the same type of battery (2 x 12 V; 24 Ah). We recommend the use<br />

of the battery type BAT 12-24, <strong>Tunstall</strong> Order No. 00 0648 87. The use of other makes may create<br />

problems due to different connecting terminals or differing dimensions.<br />

1. Shut off mains supply to the power supply unit UPS !!!<br />

2. Release the 6 fastening screws for the cover and remove the cover to the front.<br />

3. Confirm the position of the old batteries and after their removal, install the new batteries<br />

in the same manner.<br />

4. Make sure, the new batteries are in the same position and check for the correct battery<br />

contacts. False connections may damage the power supply unit UPS !<br />

5. Put the rubber grommets back on the connection screws.<br />

6. Fix the battery position by securing it with the Velcro tape.<br />

© <strong>Tunstall</strong> <strong>GmbH</strong>, Orkotten 66, 48291 Telgte, Germany, www.tunstall.de, 00 8802 82, Rev. 2.1 (05/2008) English - 3<br />

<strong>Technical</strong> <strong>Manual</strong> Page 152


Battery Set for UPS 60, Order No. 77 3450 00<br />

5. Storage<br />

7. Replace and close the housing.<br />

8. Perform a functional check of the power supply UPS!<br />

If the battery set for UPS 60 will not be used for an extended period of time, the batteries must first be<br />

fully recharged by the power supply unit UPS to preclude battery damage due to total discharging.<br />

(Refer to item 4 Battery service life).<br />

• For the charging process, the power supply unit UPS shall be connected to the mains supply for at<br />

least 4 hours, and the UPS function shall be activated by placing the bridging contact between "x“<br />

and "y“.<br />

• While the system is not used, the battery fuse (located between the two batteries) has to be<br />

removed to prevent total discharge.<br />

6. Spare parts<br />

Spare part Order No.<br />

Rechargeable lead-gel battery, Type BAT 12-24 (2 batteries required) 00 0648 87<br />

Battery fuse, internal 20 A FKS 00 0132 03<br />

Clamp for battery connection, 2 pole 00 0211 20<br />

7. <strong>Technical</strong> data<br />

Battery Set for UPS 60 Order No. 77 3450 00<br />

Input<br />

Nominal input voltage 24 V DC<br />

Output<br />

Nominal output current 12.5 A DC<br />

Battery capacity 24 Ah<br />

Safety EN 60950<br />

Output Safety low voltage, SELV<br />

Protection class III<br />

Ingress Protection IP 20<br />

Fuses<br />

Battery fuse, internal 20 A FKS<br />

General<br />

Cooling convection, free air flow<br />

Permissible ambient temperature 0 ... +50 °C<br />

Storage temperature -20 ... + 50 °C<br />

Weight approx. 25.2 kg<br />

Dimensions (HxWxD) 244 x 450 x 178 mm<br />

Mounting Wall mounting<br />

Connecting clamps Screw / plug-in connections<br />

English - 4 © <strong>Tunstall</strong> <strong>GmbH</strong>, Orkotten 66, 48291 Telgte, Germany, www.tunstall.de, 00 8802 82, Rev. 2.1 (05/2008)<br />

<strong>Technical</strong> <strong>Manual</strong> Page 153


CONCENTO PLUS - <strong>Technical</strong> <strong>Manual</strong>, 11/12 (Rev. 3.0), 00 8814 14<br />

<strong>Technical</strong> <strong>Manual</strong> Page 154<br />

12. Product leaflets


13. Programming tables, checklist<br />

Programming table, Terminal Configuration<br />

Programming table, Terminal Configuration - Example<br />

Programming table, Group Coupling<br />

Programming table, Group Coupling - Example<br />

Checklist for commissioning a CONCENTO PLUS nurse call system<br />

CONCENTO PLUS - <strong>Technical</strong> <strong>Manual</strong>, 11/12 (Rev. 3.0), 00 8814 14<br />

<strong>Technical</strong> <strong>Manual</strong> Page 155


Programming table, terminal configuration<br />

Project:<br />

Page of<br />

Cons. no.<br />

Only ONE device type per cons. number<br />

Management<br />

Interface<br />

GE<br />

SD6P<br />

S4P<br />

S4B<br />

Display module<br />

RAB<br />

Room no. GB WB 8 16 yes no<br />

Enter only<br />

the last 7<br />

characters PGR LGR<br />

Corridor display<br />

CONCENTO<br />

PLUS device<br />

Device ID<br />

RNO Alias (max. 25 characters)<br />

Alias for corridor<br />

display,8-digit<br />

Enter<br />

max. 4<br />

charact.<br />

Alias for corridor<br />

display, 16-digit<br />

Enter max. 9<br />

characters<br />

GE = Group Electronic, order no. 19070010 PGR = Physical group number, 2 digits GB = User on Group Bus<br />

SD6P / S4P / S4B = Terminals, order no. 190700X0 LGR = Logical group number, 3 digits WB = User on Ward Bus<br />

RAB = Call/presence combination bus, order no. 19070100 RNO = Room number, 4 digits<br />

Floor


Programming table, terminal configuration<br />

Project:<br />

Page 1 of 1<br />

Cons. no.<br />

Example<br />

Only ONE device type per cons. number<br />

Management<br />

Interface<br />

GE<br />

SD6P<br />

S4P<br />

S4B<br />

Display module<br />

RAB<br />

Room no. GB WB 8 16 yes no characters PGR LGR<br />

Corridor display<br />

CONCENTO<br />

PLUS device<br />

Device ID<br />

Enter only<br />

the last 7<br />

RNO Alias (max. 25 characters)<br />

Alias for corridor<br />

display,8-digit<br />

Enter<br />

max. 4<br />

charact.<br />

Alias for corridor<br />

display, 16-digit<br />

Enter max. 9<br />

characters<br />

1 Tech. room 0001001 09 009 9990 Management Interface MI MI BL<br />

2 Tech. room 0000000 66 066 6666 Fire Alarm Interface FAI FAI BL<br />

3 DIS 0010001 01 000 1000 GE GF GF<br />

4 100 0020001 01 001 0100 Staff room GF SRGF SR GR GF<br />

5 101 0040001 01 001 0101 Pflegezimmer 01 R01 Room 01 GF<br />

6 102 0040002 01 001 0102 Pflegezimmer 02 R02 Room 02 GF<br />

7 113 0040003 01 001 0113 Handicapped WC GF H-WC H-WC GF GF<br />

8 114 0040004 01 001 0114 Nursing bath GF NB1 NBath GF GF<br />

9 125 0040005 01 001 0125 Lounge GF L GF Lou. GF GF<br />

10 Corridor 0000000 01 001 0190 Corridor display GF GF<br />

11 DIS 0010002 02 000 2000 GE 1st floor 1st F<br />

12 200 0020002 02 002 0200 Staff room 1st floor SR DZ 1.OG 1st F<br />

13 201 0020003 02 002 0201 Nursing room 11 R11 Room 11 1st F<br />

14 202 0020004 02 002 0202 Nursing room 12 R12 Room 12 1st F<br />

15 213 0040006 02 002 0213 Handicapped WC 1st F H-WC H-WC 1st 1st F<br />

16 214 0040007 02 002 0214 Nursing bath 1st F NB2 NBath 1st 1st F<br />

17 230 0040008 02 002 0230 Communal kitchen 1st F Kit Kitchen 1st F<br />

18 Corridor 0000000 02 002 0290 Corridor display 1st F 1st F<br />

19<br />

20<br />

GE = Group Electronic, order no. 19070010 PGR = Physical group number, 2 digits GB = User on Group Bus<br />

SD6P / S4P / S4B = Terminals, order no. 190700X0 LGR = Logical group number, 3 digits WB = User on Ward Bus<br />

RAB = Call/presence combination bus, order no. 19070100 RNO = Room number, 4 digits<br />

Floor


Programming table, group coupling<br />

Project:<br />

Automatic time-controlled group coupling, Shift 1 - 9<br />

<strong>Manual</strong> group coupling Shift 1 - 9 via one Terminal SD6P, room type "staff room + HAB"<br />

Shift Day<br />

1 Mon - Fri<br />

2 Mon - Fri<br />

3 Mon - Fri<br />

4 Sat<br />

5 Sat<br />

6 Sat<br />

7 Sun<br />

8 Sun<br />

9 Sun<br />

Period (autom. shift<br />

operation) Coupling of logical groups<br />

Alias<br />

(max. 12 characters) Start time End time Separate groups Coupled groups<br />

Note: If no shifts have been entered for Saturday or Sunday, the information for Monday to Friday applies automatically to this period.<br />

Correct time changeovers, particularly from Friday to Saturday, Saturday to Sunday and Sunday to Monday, must be observed.


Programming table, group coupling<br />

Project: Example<br />

Automatic time-controlled group coupling, Shift 1 - 9<br />

<strong>Manual</strong> group coupling Shift 1 - 9 via one Terminal SD6P, room type "staff room + HAB"<br />

Shift Day<br />

Period (autom. shift<br />

operation) Coupling of logical groups<br />

Alias<br />

(max. 12 characters) Start time End time Separate groups Coupled groups<br />

1 Mon - Fri Early 6:00 14:00 001, 002, 003, 004<br />

2 Mon - Fri Late 14:00 22:00 001+002, 003+004<br />

3 Mon - Fri Night 22:00 6:00 001+002+003+004 (All conntected)<br />

4 Sat Early 6:00 14:00 001, 002 003+004<br />

5 Sat Late 14:00 20:00 001+002, 003+004<br />

6 Sat Night 20:00 6:00 001+002+003+004 (All conntected)<br />

7 Sun Sunday 6:00 Mon 06:00 001+002+003+004 (All conntected)<br />

8 Sun<br />

9 Sun<br />

Note: If no shifts have been entered for Saturday or Sunday, the information for Monday to Friday applies automatically to this period.<br />

Correct time changeovers, particularly from Friday to Saturday, Saturday to Sunday and Sunday to Monday, must be observed.


Checklist for commissioning a CONCENTO PLUS nurse call system<br />

This checklist contains all activities that must be performed before a CONCENTO PLUS nurse call system is<br />

commissioned. Use the checklist as a guideline for installation.<br />

If initial start-up assistance / commissioning support by the manufacturer has been requested, the checklist must<br />

have been returned completed. Send the fully completed checklist signed to: Service Centre, <strong>Tunstall</strong> <strong>GmbH</strong>, Mrs.<br />

Wera Westfechtel, phone: +49 (0) 2504 701 - 177, Fax: +49 (0) 2504 701 - 199, e-mail: wwestfechtel@tunstall.de<br />

If the activities in the checklist have not been done in full or have not been done in accordance with the agreements<br />

with the manufacturer, we reserve the right not to become involved in your installation, to abort the service job and to<br />

cancel the agreed appointment and invoice you for the costs incurred.<br />

Task Please complete:<br />

1 The nurse call system fitters have been trained:<br />

1a The fitters are trained as nurse call system experts. Done:<br />

1b The fitters have passed a CONCENTO PLUS system training course. Done:<br />

2 The <strong>Technical</strong> <strong>Manual</strong> for the CONCENTO PLUS system (order no. 00881414)<br />

was available to the fitters and was observed during installation.<br />

3 The cable network was prepared in accordance with the <strong>Technical</strong> <strong>Manual</strong><br />

and the valid regulations.<br />

4 The fully prepared cable network was inspected:<br />

<strong>Tunstall</strong> <strong>GmbH</strong> · Orkotten 66 · 48291 Telgte Germany, www.tunstall.de · 08.11.2012<br />

Yes:<br />

Done:<br />

4a Group bus: Line check data, speech, power supply Done:<br />

4b Ward bus: Line check data, speech, power supply Done:<br />

4c Voltage supply: Line check, polarity Done:<br />

5 The functional ground has been connected as per the <strong>Technical</strong> <strong>Manual</strong>. Done:<br />

6 All devices have been installed and connected in accordance with the<br />

product leaflet and the <strong>Technical</strong> <strong>Manual</strong>.<br />

Done:<br />

7a Is the ConLog PLUS Management Software used? Yes:<br />

No:<br />

7b If yes: The PC is completely assembled. The ConLog PLUS Management<br />

Software has been installed. The PC has been connected to the<br />

management interface in accordance with the <strong>Technical</strong> <strong>Manual</strong>.<br />

8 The following have been tested for all rooms: Notification of presence, all call<br />

devices, call cancellation (call in the room, call in the WC), indication on the<br />

room lamp (see “Checking the light call function of each room” in the<br />

<strong>Technical</strong> <strong>Manual</strong>)<br />

Done:<br />

Done:<br />

9 Should external devices / systems be connected to the nurse call system? Yes:<br />

No:<br />

10a If yes: The following devices / systems have been connected and set up in<br />

accordance with the requirements of the <strong>Technical</strong> <strong>Manual</strong>:<br />

10b Separate Terminals, RABs or the Group Electronic have been used for<br />

connecting the external devices / systems.<br />

11 All forms required for commissioning support have been completed in full and<br />

sent back to the service centre: Programming tables, shift table/group coupling.<br />

Place, date<br />

Checklist completed by:<br />

Position in the company:<br />

Yes:<br />

No:<br />

Done:


Find all you want to know about the CONCENTOPLUS system:<br />

CONCENTOPLUS Data Sheet Catalogue<br />

CONCENTOPLUS System Description<br />

Order No. 00 8814 15<br />

CONCENTOPLUS <strong>Technical</strong> <strong>Manual</strong><br />

Order No. 00 8814 14<br />

CONCENTOPLUS Operating Instructions<br />

Order No. 00 8814 16<br />

The documents are ready for downloading from the homepage:<br />

www.tunstall.de<br />

QUALITY<br />

MANAGEMENT<br />

SYSTEM<br />

DQS certified to<br />

DIN EN ISO 9001<br />

Reg. no. 56386<br />

Reg. no. 56386<br />

<strong>Tunstall</strong> <strong>GmbH</strong><br />

Orkotten 66<br />

48291 Telgte<br />

Germany<br />

Tel. No.: +49 (0)2 50 47 01-0<br />

Fax: +49 (0)2 50 47 01-499<br />

E-Mail: info@tunstall.de<br />

www.tunstall.de<br />

CONCENTO PLUS <strong>Technical</strong> <strong>Manual</strong> 00 8814 14

Hooray! Your file is uploaded and ready to be published.

Saved successfully!

Ooh no, something went wrong!